SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Fast Track
    to
 Excel
 2007
  By Team Digit
Credits
The People Behind This Book

EDITORIAL
Deepak Ajwani Editor
Ram Mohan Rao Writer, Copy Editor
Robert Sovereign-Smith Copy Editor
Nimish Chandiramani Copy Editor
Abey John Writer
Srikanth R Writer
Samir Makwana Writer
Ashfaq Tapia Writer

DESIGN AND LAYOUT
Shivshankar Pillai, Vijay Padaya Layout Designers
Sivalal S Layout and Cover Design
Harsho Mohan Chattoraj Illustrator




© Jasubhai Digital Media
Published by Maulik Jasubhai on behalf of Jasubhai Digital Media. No part of this book may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the
prior written permission of the publisher.

May 2007
Free with Digit. Not to be sold separately. If you have paid separately for this book, please
e-mail the editor at editor@thinkdigit.com along with details of location of purchase, for
appropriate action.
Introduction


            Number Numbness
T   hat's what Excel takes care of. Make no mistake: Excel is a very,
    very powerful data handler. From cosmetic enhancements to
advanced analysis, Excel does it all.
    The latest version—Excel 2007, which this little book covers—has
undergone more changes in this release of the Microsoft Office suite
than have the other programs. With so many of us upgrading to
Office 2007, we felt the need to cover Excel 2007 in detail, even
though we introduced Excel in an earlier Fast Track edition.
    Our purpose here is threefold. First, to give you a feel for the new
(2007) interface and functionalities; second, to give you an idea of
much that Excel is capable of doing; and third, to guide you through
some topics in detail, so you can get Excel to work well for you.
    After starting off with the basics, we go into the details of data
presentation—that is, formatting, alignment, and such. Next come
several chapters on actually dealing with data, such as dealing with
cell references, sorting, organising data into levels, and such. A chap-
ter on PivotTables exposes you to this wonderfully useful tool. Then
comes the topic of charts, one of the primary uses for Excel—visualis-
ing data.
    We've included two little chapters on macros and graphic ele-
ments respectively, and we round off with a chapter on Excel formu-
las and functions.
    We candidly admit that because of its complexity, Excel is a hard
topic to cover in perfect detail. You might just find that, for example,
a macro or a formula doesn't work exactly as we've explained. In such
cases, thankfully, there's always Excel's Help pages to refer to. But we
should reiterate that we've striven to make this book such that you'll
need to refer to the Help as little as possible, except in the case of
formulas and functions, which could fill three entire Fast Track edi-
tions!
    If you've got data to handle, you need Excel. And if you've got
Excel, you need this book. And if you've got this book, you're on your
way to unleash the capabilities of the best spreadsheet app of all
time—well begun is half done!
CONTENTS
    Chapter 1      The Basics                                  9
    1.1            Introduction                               10
    1.2            The Changes                                10
    1.3            File Types                                 16
    1.4            Using Fluent                               17
    1.5            Working With Excel 2007                    25

    Chapter 2      Document Appearance                        35
    2.1            Templates                                  36
    2.2            Styles                                     37
    2.3            Themes                                     40
    2.4            General Formatting                         42
    2.5            Conditional Formatting                     44

    Chapter 3      Calculations Made Easier                   49
    3.1            All about cell references                  50
    3.2            Defined Names                               51
    3.3            Referring to another Worksheet             52
    3.4            Absolute, Relative, and Mixed References   53
    3.5            Referring to another Workbook              54
    3.6            3D References                              56
    3.7            Excel Tables                               57
    3.8            Creating formulas to calculate values      58
    3.9            Moving, copying, and editing formulas      60
    3.10           Validating data during entry               61
    3.11           Finding and correcting errors              64
    3.12           Tracing a formula                          67

    Chapter 4      Organising And Interpreting Data           69
    4.1            Data Tables                                70
    4.2            Sorting and Filtering                      73
    4.3            Organising Data Into Levels                77
    4.4            Summarising Data                           79
    4.5            Using Indexed Data                         81




6     FAST TRACK
Chapter 5   Pivot Tables                                    83
5.1         Creating And Using PivotTables                  84
5.2         Analysing Data With PivotTables                 87
5.3         Editing And Formatting PivotTables              92
5.4.        Creating PivotTables From External Data         94

Chapter 6   Charts                                          97
6.1         The Chart Group                                 98
6.2         Types Of Charts                                 98
6.3         Creating And Customising A Chart               103
6.4         Formatting Chart Elements                      104
6.5         Data Labels                                    107
6.6         Finding Trends In Data                         107
6.7         Creating, Re-arranging,                        108
            And Formatting PivotCharts

Chapter 7   Macros                                         111
7.1         An Introduction To Macros                      112
7.2         Preparing To Record Macros                     112
7.3         Recording And Using Macros                     115
7.4         The Visual Basic Editor                        117
7.5         Editing With The VBE                           120

Chapter 8   Graphic Elements                               123
8.1         The Shapes Group                               124
8.2         Drawing Basic Shapes                           124
8.3         Formatting Graphic Objects                     125
8.4         WordArt                                        126
8.5         Pictures and ClipArt                           128
8.6         SmartArt                                       129

Chapter 9   Formulas And Functions                         133
9.1.        The Basics                                     134
9.2         Logical Functions                              138
9.3         Date and Time Functions                        140
9.4         Financial Functions                            147
9.5         Maths & Statistical Functions                  150

Notes                                                      160




                                                      FAST TRACK   7
The Basics




T  he new version of Microsoft Office, the de facto office
   application suite on most PCs, was in the works for a long time.
But between MS Office 2003 and MS Office 2007 are conspicuous
changes which justify the long gestation.
I       THE BASICS
                                                                      EXCEL 2007


     1.1 Introduction

          For those of us who went over to the OpenOffice camp—partly
          because of the cost, partly because of the bloat, and partly because
          of the sense of geeky pride from not succumbing to the “dark
          side,” MS Office 2007 will be hard to resist—thanks largely to the
          gorgeous new interface. MS has gone that extra yard to entice peo-
          ple back into its fold by offering a 60-day free trial of the software.
          A sub-300 MB package containing four constituents of MS Office—
          Excel, Word, PowerPoint, and OneNote, called MS Office Home and
          Student 2007, can be downloaded from http://us7.trymicrosoftof-
          fice.com/default.aspx?culture=en-US (http://tinyurl.com/yredyg)
          after signing up for a free serial. While one can appreciate the UI
          immediately after installing, it needs to be activated online before
          it can be used to create or modify documents. Microsoft also offers
          an online demo of the new software.

              The minimum system requirements for Office 2007 are
          Windows XP with SP2 (it will not install if SP2 is not detected) or
          later, a 500 MHz CPU, 256 MB of RAM, a monitor supporting 1024
          x 768 resolution, and 1.5 GB of hard disk space. But Microsoft
          admits that this will not be adequate to use all the features of the
          package. For example, to be able to use the Grammar and
          Contextual Spelling features in Word 2007, at least 1 GB of memo-
          ry is required; the Business Contact Manager feature in Outlook
          2007 requires a 1 GHz CPU.

          1.2 The Changes

          1.2.1 The New User Interface
          The MS Office user interface has been revamped, and the change is
          revolutionary rather than evolutionary. Microsoft describes it as a
          “results-oriented user interface” and elaborates, in the help file:
          “Commands and features that were often buried in complex menus
          and toolbars are now easier to find on task-oriented tabs that contain
          logical groups of commands and features.” We can’t put it better.


10         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                    THE BASICS     I


       The UI is such an important piece of programming artistry that
   it even gets a separate name—“Fluent.” Microsoft Office Fluent is
   the common UI presented in Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Access.
   Fluent has many components, with the most important one being
   the Ribbon. The other notable components are named the MS
   Office Button, the Mini Toolbar, and the Quick Access Toolbar.
   Feature-wise, Formula AutoComplete, Live Preview, and Gallery are
   notable inclusions, but
   these do not appear as
   controls, rather as usage
   aids. All these compo-
   nents are discussed in
   detail in the next sec-
   tion. Fluent also sports a
   new charting engine
   which goes a long way
   in making presentations
   and charts look… awe-
   some. The interface is Office Button and quick access Toolbar
   definitely a beauty, with
   the rounded corners, shiny buttons and translucent panels, but
   those with a more sombre inclination would not like the fact that
   there’s no option to switch to a less flashy interface.

   1.2.2 Components of Fluent
   We now take a closer look at the new UI as implemented in
   Excel 2007.

      The MS Office Button is the replacement for the File menu of
   the previous versions. This button occupies the left-hand top of the
   window. It contains the options found previously under the File
   menu, like Save, Print, program options, etc. It can be activated by
   the [Alt] + [F] shortcut key combination as before, despite “F” not
   appearing either in its name or on the button.

      The Ribbon is the replacement for all the other menus and tool-
   bars. It is a banner that occupies the top of the window. Its design


                                                           FAST TRACK     11
I      THE BASICS
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



         is tab-based, and the corresponding options and icons are dis-
         played whenever a tab is selected. By default, the Ribbon has seven
         tabs—Home, Insert, Page Layout, Formulas, Data, Review, and
         View, and between them they cover most of the common user
         options. Other tabs, called Contextual Tabs, appear as and when
         needed depending on the object being worked with. In the case of
         Excel, the Developer Tab appears only when enabled in the appli-
         cation’s preferences window.

             The icons under each tab are grouped logically into blocks on
         the Ribbon, and only the most frequently-used command icons are
         displayed. In case more options need to be displayed, a small link
         at the bottom of the block can be clicked to pop out a separate win-
         dow containing all the options.

             Besides the preset tabs, context-sensitive tabs appear on the
         Ribbon depending on the object selected. For example, tabs relat-
                                                           ing to charts—
                                                           like     Design,
                                                           Layout,      and
                                                           Format—only
                                                           appear after a
                                                           chart is created
         The Ribbon                                        or selected.

             The Mini Toolbar pops up on selecting a particular cell’s con-
         tents. When dealing with a block of cells, it pops up next to the
         context menu, on right-click-
         ing. The Mini Toolbar con-
         tains the frequently-used for-
         matting options, and signifi-
         cantly decreases the mouse
         navigation involved. Options
         in the Mini Toolbar include A look at the Mini toolbar
         font changes, numbering and
         bulleting, and more.



12        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                     THE BASICS      I


       Formula AutoComplete is another useful feature along the
   same lines as the Mini Toolbar. It is a window that pops up next to
                                           the cell whenever a user
                                           begins to type out a formula
                                           in it. The window contains a
                                           list of functions matching
                                           the letters typed by the user,
                                           with a brief description of
                                           what the function achieves.
    Auto-completing formulae              On selecting a function, the
                                          windows displays the syntax
   of that function, thus decreasing the chances of the user making
   an error.

      The configurable Quick Access Toolbar appears at the top left,
   next to the Office Button. It is
   a placeholder to add buttons
   for easy one-click access. If
   required, buttons can be
   added to or deleted from the
   toolbar, by using the adjacent The Quick Access Toolbar
   Customize      button.     The
   Toolbar by default has a file save, undo, and redo buttons.

      Other thoughtful touches include the much easier zoom con-
                                   trol. This is now present as a
                                   horizontally sliding control at
                                   the bottom left of the window.
   Zoom and Page View controls     Next to the zoom control is the
                                   Page View control, which can be
   used to check the Page Break preview and the print page layout
   with one click.

   1.2.3 Features
   Live Preview is a useful feature in the new UI. Unlike earlier ver-
   sions where the results of formatting would be visible only after
   they were applied, in this version, just hovering the cursor over a


                                                             FAST TRACK     13
I       THE BASICS
                                                                     EXCEL 2007



                                   formatting option will reflect the change
                                   in the content. This removes the need for
                                   undoing any applied changes if one is not
                                   satisfied.

                                       Conceptually similar to the Live
                                   Preview feature is Gallery, a feature that
                                   rather than merely listing the name of an
                                   effect, graphically displays its sample
                                   application,
         Using Live Preview        making       it
                                   easier for the
         user to choose a desirable effect. For
         example, rather that display the possi-
         ble colours for a table, the gallery dis-
         plays the table in various colours.       Using the Gallery

             While the emphasis of the UI is to make it easier for newcom-
         ers to work with the application, veterans will not be put off, since
         the same shortcut combinations are usable. If needed the ribbon
         can be switched off, to maximise viewing area, by double-clicking
         on any tab.

         1.2.4 Internal Changes
         Besides the changes in the interface, the computational limits of
         Excel have been pushed further. The number of rows and columns
         have been increased to 1048576 and 16384 respectively. Contrast this
         with the earlier limits of 65536 rows and 256 columns. To be able to
         handle this larger spreadsheet, MS Office now is able to use up all the
         RAM supported by the OS (4 GB in case of a 32-bit OS; specifically, in
         Excel, there is a 2 GB limit), compared to the previous maximum of
         1 GB. And the software has also been optimised or multi-threaded to
         make better use of multi-core CPUs. Under certain circumstances, as
         mentioned at http://blogs.msdn.com/excel/archive/2005/11/03/
         488822.aspx (http://tinyurl.com/2lv88a), this allows Excel 2007 to
         complete a task twice as fast as the previous version. Other enhance-
         ments include the increase in the number of characters a cell can


14        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                    THE BASICS      I


   hold—from 1024 to 32768; an increase in the number of unique
   colours allowed in a spreadsheet—from 56 to 4.3 billion; etc. The
   entire      list  of   enhancements    can    be     found     at
   http://blogs.msdn.com/excel/archive/2005/09/26/474258.aspx
   (http://tinyurl.com/b6xd7).

       The new UI would give an impression of a development bias
   towards presentation and appearance aspects in Office 2007. And
   this impression is further fortified by the inclusion a few new visu-
   ally exciting features. Newly intro-
   duced in this version is the concept
   of themes, which allows a set of for-
   matting options to be saved and/or
   applied as a unit. The same theme
   can be applied across Office applica-
   tions—Word,         Excel,        and
   PowerPoint—making it possible to
   easily create similar-looking docu-
   ments. Also, now, there are more
   options to spruce up a spreadsheet
   with images, diagrams, graphs and
   charts, and Word Art. Graphical Many graphics options to use
   components and charts in a spread-
   sheet can now be rendered in many more styles and colour combi-
   nations, and have greater customisation options. The new charting
   engine in Office 2007 is responsible for all the snazzy graphics.

       While the above-mentioned examples of an emphasis on visu-
   al appeal—better looking charts and colour coded documents—
   would seem irrelevant to some Excel users, Excel now has the abil-
   ity to use cell properties, and not just cell contents, as parameters
   for data manipulation. For example, if after Conditional
   Formatting, one has a range of cells with different colours, it is
   now possible to sort the range on the cell colours, so that all cells
   with the same colour are grouped. Combined, these two capabili-
   ties make Excel an even better tool for interpreting large amounts
   of data. CF is discussed in detail in the Chapter 2.


                                                            FAST TRACK     15
I       THE BASICS
                                                                    EXCEL 2007


         1.3 File Types
         To store documents, Office 2007 now uses the Office XML format,
         which is based on XML (eXtensible Markup Language), a platform-
         independent and open-standard language. Any application that
         can work with XML, irrespective of the operating system or system
         hardware, can be used to work with Office documents saved in the
         new format. The new file formats also use ZIP technology to com-
         press files. Microsoft claims that a document saved in the new for-
         mat will be up to 75 per cent smaller than when stored in the pre-
         vious format.

              There is more than one new format introduced in Excel 2007.
         Excel workbooks are by default now saved in the XLSX format. This
         file format doesn’t support the execution of macros, and therefore is
         not advisable in case a spreadsheet contains them. The XLTX format
         is used to store template spreadsheets that do not support macros.

             The other format, which supports macros, is XLSM.
         Spreadsheet templates containing macro code are saved as XSTM
         files. By creating distinct file formats for macro-including files, it
         has now become easier to identify such files before opening them.
         This allows the user to take precautionary measures to prevent
         any malicious code embedded as a macro from executing on open-
         ing the file.

             The file format which is optimised for faster saving and load-
         ing is XLSB. Unlike XML based files, which use ordinary text to
         store data, XLSB files are stored in unzipped, binary format. This
         makes it application dependent, unlike the XML based files.

             The last new format is XLAM, which is used to save files that
         include add-in generated data. Add-ins are sub-applications that
         extend the functionality of Excel.

            For compatibility with the previous versions, the XLS format
         needs to be used. Needless to say, documents saved in the older for-


16        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                    THE BASICS     I


   mat will lose all customisations created in Excel 2007. Ergo, by
   default, before performing this retrograde action, the user is given
   a warning, and a list of all losses that will occur as a result.

       Besides these formats, Excel can also save spreadsheets in
   other formats by using add-ins. Probably the most desirable of
   these would be an add-in to create PDF files which can be down-
   loaded from www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?fami-
   lyid=f1fc413c-6d89-4f15-991b-63b07ba5f2e5&displaylang=en
   (http://tinyurl.com/n8fcy).

       Microsoft has developed a file format that offers portability
   as PDF, called XPS for XML Paper Specifications. Files saved in
   this format retain their formatting and layout when opened
   with the associated viewer irrespective of the OS and system
   hardware. To save in XPS, an add-in is needed, and a viewer is
   needed to view the files independently. Both these can be down-
   loaded from www.microsoft.com/whdc/xps/viewxps.mspx
   (http://tinyurl.com/37z3yk).

       Microsoft has released a Compatibility Pack that will allow
   older MS Office versions to open and save files in the newer for-
   mat.       This    pack     can    be     downloaded       from
   www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=941b347
   0-3ae9-4aee-8f43-c6bb74cd1466&DisplayLang=en
   (http://tinyurl.com/y5w78r). The same pack can also be used to
   enable MS Office viewers to open Office 2007 files.



   1.4 Using Fluent

   1.4.1 Using the Office Button
   Most of the options under the Office Button are a familiar sight to
   users. The options Open, Save, Save As, Print, and Print Preview
   remain unchanged. Under the Prepare Menu, one can use the
   Inspect Document Option to vet the document for any private


                                                           FAST TRACK     17
I       THE BASICS
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



         information that may have not been deleted, and may potentially
         be misused—for example, comments, annotations, and hidden
         text that are only meant for an internal audience. The
         Compatibility Checker will reveal features that will be lost if the
         document is saved in a format that can be opened in older versions
         of Office. The Encrypt Document option can be used to add a pass-
         word to a spreadsheet.

                                                  The Excel Options button
                                               reveals the options to config-
                                               ure Excel. Besides other
                                               options, the default colour—
                                               blue—of the UI can be
                                               changed here. By default,
                                               Excel uses ClearType, a
                                               Microsoft technology that
                                               improves the appearance of
                                               text on-screen, especially
                                               LCD screens. This can be dis-
                                               abled here. The Mini Toolbar
                                               and Live Preview features
         The Excel Options menu                can also be disabled here.



         1.4.2 Using the Ribbon
         As mentioned, there are seven tabs by default on the Ribbon. We
         quickly review the contents under each tab.

         1.4.2.1 The Home Tab
         Under the Home tab are the main formatting tools. Here one will
         find all font formatting and paragraph formatting options. This
         tab also contains the Clipboard Block, which contains tools like
         copy and paste. The clipboard tool tracks the contents of the clip-
         board, and if required, it can be launched by clicking on the bot-
         tom left corner of the block. This will reveal the previous entries
         in the clipboard, and if required, any of the entries can be select-
         ed for pasting in the document. The Font Block contains the usual


18        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                             THE BASICS        I




    Here are the buttons avaiable to you under the Home tab

   font formatting tools and more options, and be accessed by click-
   ing on the pop out link at the bottom left of the block. The
   Alignment block contains the cell text formatting tools, like
   indentation, alignment, etc. This block also offers more options
   through the pop out. The Number block offers options for format-
   ting cell content of different types, like date, percentage, etc. The
   Styles block offers the powerful Conditional Formatting tool,
   which is discussed in detail later. This block also offers a way to
   easily format a group of cells as a unit by using the “Format as a
   Table” tool. Preset Colour combinations can also be applied by
   using the Cell Styles tool. The Cell Block allows inserting, deleting
   and formatting cells, rows, columns and sheets. The Editing block
   contains tools to find, replace, sort data, clear cell contents, etc.

   1.4.2.2 The Insert Tab
   This one contains tools to insert different types of content in the
   spreadsheet. All these are grouped into different blocks. The Table
   block allows insertion of a Table or a Pivot Table. The Illustrations
   Block has tools to insert Pictures and Clipart. Of special interest is
   the Smart Art Tool, which is a new feature. This contains pre-built




    If there’s something you need to insert into your workbook, find it here

   diagrams depicting scenarios like Flowchart, Hierarchy etc. The
   pre-made diagrams save the user considerable time and effort. The
   Chart block contains tools to insert charts of different types like
   Pie, Bar, etc. The Hyperlinks block allows inserting links to other
   sheets in the same spreadsheet or to other spreadsheets locally or
   to any document online. The Text block contains tools to insert
   textual content like Word Art, Headers and Footers, and content
   from other sources like Word or PowerPoint documents, etc.


                                                                     FAST TRACK    19
I       THE BASICS
                                                                      EXCEL 2007



         1.4.2.3 The Page Layout Tab
         This contains the usual Page Setup options like Page Orientation,
         Margins, Background, etc. under the Page Setup block. The Scale
         to Fit and Sheet Option group different tools to modify the spread-
         sheet viewing options. Under the Arrange Block, one can modify
         the arrangement of the different objects in the spreadsheet like
         Pictures, Graphs, etc. The Themes block has the tools to specify
         document themes, which is explained in detail in Chapter 2.




         Options for the Ppage Layout tab


         1.4.2.4 The Formula tab
         The Formula Tab offers different options to manage different func-
         tions in the spreadsheet. In the Function Library block, all the sup-
         ported functions are listed under different categories—Financial,
         Engineering, Statistical, etc. The Formula Auditing block lists tools to
         verify dependencies and other aspects of the formula in the spread-
         sheet. The Defined Name Block contains tools to create and manage
         cell blocks by giving them names. The Calculation Block contains
         tools to control how Excel calculates values in the spreadsheet.




         Inserting formulae was never simpler with the Formula tab



         1.4.2.5 The Data Tab
         This tab has the tools to organise, summarise, and analyse data in
         the spreadsheet. The Get External Data block groups tools to get
         data from external sources into the spreadsheet. Excel supports
         data importing from text files, XML files, SQL databases, and more.
         Connections to databases can be controlled by using tools in the
         Connection Block. Sort and Filter, Data Tools and Outline blocks
         contain tools to manage data tables in the spreadsheet.


20        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                   THE BASICS     I




   Controlling your data from the Data tab


   1.4.2.6 The Review Tab
   This one contains tools to verify non-numerical data in the spread-
   sheet, in the form of a dictionary and other tools grouped under
   the Proofing block. The Comments block contains tools to insert
   and manage comments in the spreadsheet. The Changes block
   contains tools to track changes made by other users in the spread-
   sheet and also to restrict write permissions to the spreadsheet.




   Choose how you want to Review your workbook


   1.4.2.7 The View Tab
   This tab contains tools to control the display of the spreadsheet,
   categorised under the blocks titled Workbook Views, Show/Hide,
   Zoom, and Window. The Macro Block can be used to view existing
   macros and create new ones.




   See different views


   1.4.2.8 The Developer Tab
   This remains hidden by default, and needs to be enabled from the
   Excel Options window under the Office Button. Under the
   Developer Tab, one can find the tools needed to use Excel as a
   application to accept user input, under the Control Block; besides
   tools to manage macros, under the Code block. The XML block con-
   tains tools to import and manage XML data sources.



                                                          FAST TRACK     21
I       THE BASICS
                                                                EXCEL 2007




         If you just have to code, use the Developer tab


         1.4.2.9 The Smart Art Tools Tab
         The two tabs under the Smart Art Tools category, Design and
         Format, appear on selecting or inserting Smart Art objects. These




         Insert and edit SmartArt

         tabs contain the tools to create, modify, and format Smart Art
         graphics. Unlike the other tabs mentioned above, the Smart Art
         Tools tab and the others that follow are contextual in nature and
         appear only when the concerned object is created or selected.



         1.4.2.10 The Table Tools Tab
         The Table Tools tab, and its sole sub-category, the Design Tab,
         appear only if a Table is created or selected. The Properties
         block contains the options to change the table name and its
                                                           data range.
                                                           The     Tools
                                                           block     has
                                                           tools to sum-
                                                           marise the
                                                           data as a
                                                           Pivot Table.
         Managing tables in Excel                          The     Table


22        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                          THE BASICS    I


   Style options and Table Styles blocks contain the various style
   options for the table.



   1.4.2.11 The PivotTable Tools Tab
   This tab has two sub-categories, Options and Design, which con-
   tain all the options to work with PivotTables. They appear only on
   inserting or selecting a PivotTable.




   Going to a whole new level with Pivot tables



   1.4.2.12 The Picture Tools Tab
   Inserting or selecting a Picture will cause the Format tab, a sub-
   category of the Picture Tools tab, to appear. Under it, one can find
   options to modify picture parameters like contrast and brightness
   under Adjust Block. The presentation of the picture, its angle, bor-
   der, shadowing, etc. can be altered under the tools grouped under
   the Picture Styles block. The Arrange block provides tools to
   change the position of the picture, while the Size block allows the
   picture to be cropped or resized.




   Adding graphics to your workbook with the Picture Tools tab


                                                                 FAST TRACK   23
I       THE BASICS
                                                                       EXCEL 2007



         1.4.2.13 The Chart Tools Tab
         Inserting or selecting a Chart will cause the Chart Tools tab to
         appear, with three sub-categories. These are the Design, Layout,
         and Format tabs. Under these three tabs, grouped in blocks, are
         the tools to modify the data ranges, type, presentation of the
         chart, and other aspects of the chart.




         Inserting Charts into your workbook



         1.4.2.14 The Header and Footer Tools Tab
         This tab, with its Design sub-category, appears when dealing with
         Headers or Footers. It contains various values that can be inserted
         as headers or footers, like page number, date, time, etc. Here, one
         can also modify the location of the header and footer.




         Control print options using the Header and Footer Tools tab



         1.4.2.15 The Drawing Tools Tab
         The Format tab under the Drawing Tools tab appears on selecting
         or creating Word Art and Shapes. This contains the various colour-
         ing, rendering, and sizing options for such graphics.



24        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                    THE BASICS      I




   When all else fails, draw it out yourself


       All the above-mentioned tabs will be discussed in detail in the
   following chapters when their usage is deliberated upon.



   1.5 Working With Excel 2007

       We now cover a few basic operations in Excel.

   1.5.1 Entering and Editing Cell Entries
   Entering a value in a cell involved selecting it and typing out the
   value. To change the value in a cell, you can either double-click on
   the cell or select the cell and press [F2]. After the necessary
   changes are made, selecting another cell or pressing [Enter] com-
   pletes the process. Of special mention here is the Formula
   AutoComplete feature newly incorporated in Excel.

   1.5.1.1 Formula AutoComplete
   This feature makes it easier to work with functions. Every time the
   user begins to start typing out a function, a pop up appears below
   the cell listing all function starting with that letter. The high-
   lighted function has a brief definition alongside. The function list
   can be scrolled using the Up and Down direction keys, and after
   the desired function has been identified, it can be inserted into
   the cell using the [Tab] key.

       After the function has been inserted, the pop-up displays the
   syntax. This makes it easier for the user to input the correct values
   or cell references. The parameter deserving attention is displayed


                                                            FAST TRACK     25
I      THE BASICS
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



         in bold. The optional parameters are circumscribed in square
         brackets. Clicking on the function name in this pop-up launches
         Excel Help and takes the user to the page containing a detailed
         description of the function.




         Formula Autocomplete syntax

              It is possible to nest many functions, and every time a new
         function is started, a second pop-up appears listing the available
         function options. After inserting a new function, the pop-up dis-
         plays the syntax of the latest function. The pop-up remains active
         till the final function is properly closed, with round brackets.

         1.5.2 Moving and Copying Data
                                         The controls to move or copy data
                                         from one location to another is
                                         grouped under the Clipboard
                                         block, under the Home tab. One
                                         can also use the context menu
                                         for this purpose. Select the cell or
                                         range of cells that needs to be
                                         copied or moved. Choose Copy or
                                         Cut from the Ribbon. Then select
                                         the cell where the data needs to
                                         be relocated, the target location,
                                         and click on the paste button.
                                         This will overwrite any data pre-
                                         viously existing on the selected
                                         cells. By default, the cells are
                                         copied carte blanche, including
                                         cell content, cell formatting,
                                         comments, formula, etc. To fine-
                                          tune the content that is trans-
         Many ways to Paste               ferred, one needs to use the Paste


26        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                        THE BASICS   I


   Special option. Here, one can pick and choose which of the con-
   tents need to be transferred.

      Besides data relocation, Paste Special can also be used to
   perform the basic mathematical operations simultaneously. If
   the target location is already populated, rather than simply
   pasting source data over them, operations like Add, Subtract,
   Divide, and Multiply can be performed. So after the paste, the
   results of the operation on the source and target data are dis-




      Paste Special is really special this time round

   played. Paste Special can also be used to convert a row of cells
   into a column of cells and vice versa by using the Transpose
   option. Paste As Hyperlink is a feature that allows a hyperlink
   to the source location to be created at the target location.
   Clicking on the hyperlink takes the user to the source location.
   Paste as Link creates an equation with an absolute reference to
   the source location at the target location.



                                                              FAST TRACK   27
I       THE BASICS
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



            If one would like to avoid overwriting existing data at the
         target location, the option Insert Copied Cells, available in the
         context menu, can be used. This allows the existing cells to
         be shifted either down or to the right to make space for the
         additional data.

         1.5.3 Adding and Managing Comments
         Tools to add and manage comments are grouped in the Comments
         block under the Review tab. Here one can add comments, delete
         comments and browse through all comments sequentially.
         Comments are visible only when the mouse cursor hovers over the
         cell which contains it. Cell with comments are marked with a red
         tack on the top right. To make the comments visible permanently,
         the Show All Comments option can be used. All the above options




         Add comments for colleagues

         are also accessible from the context menu available by right-click-
         ing on a cell.

         1.5.4 Finding and Replacing Data
         The tools to achieve this are grouped under the Editing block
         under the Home Tab. Excel now can even search for (and
         replace/modify) cell properties, not just cell contents. For exam-
         ple, now it is possible to search for cells which have single-lined
         borders, and modify the border into a double-lined one.

             To use the Find function, one can either use [Ctrl] + [F] ([Ctrl]
         + [H] for Find and Replace, though the Find window invariably
         carries the Replace tab), or click on the Find option (or Find and
         Replace option) under the Find and Select menu. To search for


28        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                        THE BASICS   I


   cell content, the necessary options are presented, but to search
   for Cell properties as well, the Extended Options needs to be
   accessed by clicking on the Options button. This reveals all the
   possible parameters on which a search can be conducted.
   Among the parameter options, besides cell value, are cell
   colour, cell border, font colour, text alignment, text format-
   ting, and more. The user can either select from these options,
   or choose to use the formats already applied to a cell by using
   the “Choose Format from Cell” button. Other conditions like
   the scope of the search and whether to match case can also
   be specified. In case matching occurrences need to be modified
   or replaced, one can use the Replace tab to specify the
   modifications. Here, too, format changes can be user specified
   or adopted from a cell.

      For finding matching occurrences of these parameters, the
   Find All button can be clicked, and all occurrences are displayed in
   the same window. Clicking on any of the entries takes one to the
   specific cell matching the criteria. If needed, the replacements can
   be made individually, or the Replace All button can be used to
   make all modifications at one go.

       The Find and Select menu also offers other tools to quickly get
   to specific data on a
   spreadsheet. In the Find
   and Select drop-down,
   selecting any of the
   e n t r i e s — l i k e
   Comments, Formula,
   etc.—will      highlight
   those cells containing
   that specific resource.

        One can use the
   Selection Pane to view a
   listing of all objects in
   the spreadsheet and         Use the Selection Pane


                                                              FAST TRACK   29
I       THE BASICS
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



         control the visi-
         bility of each. The
         Go To entry can
         be used to get to a
         particular cell,
         and its enhanced
         version—Go To
         Special—can be
         used to get to
         cells containing
         specific content,
         like a formula, a
         comment, etc.




                               Go To Special.


         1.5.5 Sharing Data across Excel, Word, and PowerPoint
         All three applications mentioned above allow other document
         types to be embedded in their respective documents as Objects.
         Since the Ribbon is the same for all applications, the process to
         embed a Word document into an Excel spreadsheet is similar to
         the one required to embed a spreadsheet into a PowerPoint
         Presentation. The sole difference, of course, is the document type
         to be selected in each case. We shall discuss only one scenario for
         each of the methods: inserting a Word Document into an Excel
         sheet by using the embed object procedure, and inserting a
         spreadsheet into a PowerPoint by using the Paste Special Routine.

            Since they share the same lineage, it is much easier to transfer
         data across these applications, in comparison to using data from
         other applications like OpenOffice Writer. There are two ways to
         do so. The first one is by using the capability to insert an external
         document as an Object, and the other is to use the Paste Special
         Feature to insert data from another application.


30        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                    THE BASICS      I


   1.5.5.1 Insert Object
   The tool to embed an object is available in the Text block under the
   Insert Tab. The Object button opens a window, listing, under the
   Create New tab, all the possible external document types that can be
   embedded. Selecting a Microsoft Office Word Document type will
   create a text box for
   text to be entered.
   To insert an existing
   Word Document,
   use the Create from
   File tab to choose
   the relevant docu-
   ment. The options
   listed     alongside
   allow the embedded
   document to be
   shown as an icon or
   as text, and also
   allow the document Insert an Object window
   to be linked from
   the spreadsheet. Enabling linking will keep the embedded document
   updated every time the source document is changed. Otherwise, a
   static, current copy of the document is embedded in the spreadsheet.

   1.5.5.2 Paste Special
   The Paste Special Routine is much easier and quicker, and is rec-
   ommended in all cases except where the copied data in the clip-
   board is not correctly identified. For example, if the source data is
   copied from an OpenOffice document, the Paste Special routine
   will not list such an object.

      To insert an Excel spreadsheet or part of it into a PowerPoint
   presentation, just copy the required cells in the spreadsheet, open
   the presentation, and choose the Paste Special option from the
   drop-down menu under the Paste button in the Clipboard Block
   under the Home Tab. This will pop up a window listing the docu-
   ment types in the clipboard, among which the data from Excel will


                                                            FAST TRACK     31
I      THE BASICS
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



         be identified. If needed, the option to Paste Link can be enabled so
         that changes in the source are reflected in the current document.




         Paste Special for External data

             Irrespective of the method used, the unlinked embedded
         object can be edited from within the host document by double-
         clicking on it or by using the Document Object option in the
         Context menu of the object. This will cause the default Ribbon to
         be replaced with the Ribbon from the native application of the
         source document. After the changes have been made, on clicking
         outside the object, the default Excel Ribbon contents reappear. If
         the document is linked during the embedding process, editing the
         document separately launches the native application, and during
         the editing process, the object remains greyed out in the host doc-
         ument, to avoid a sharing violation.

            Linked external data needs to be updated when the host docu-
         ment is opened to reflect changes, if any. The user’s permission is
         sought before the updating process is launched.


32        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                  THE BASICS     I




    Word Ribbon in Excel


   1.5.6 Saving a worksheet as a Web page
   To save a spreadsheet to be viewed by a browser, one needs to use
   the Save As menu available under the Office Button. Selecting the
   Other Formats Option will open a windows with a “Save as Type”
   drop down. Select the “Single File Web Page” format to save the
   spreadsheet as a Web page. If a workbook has more than one
   spreadsheet, a particular spreadsheet or a range of cells can also
   be saved by selecting the relevant option presented in the same
   window. It needs to be noted that the file is saved in the .mht or
   .mhtml format. Multiple spreadsheet files saved in this format are
   only accessible with Internet Explorer. Files containing a single
   spreadsheet can also be opened with Opera.




                                                         FAST TRACK     33
Document
Appearance




T   he Visual aspects of a spreadsheet receive a lot of attention in
    Excel 2007. In this chapter, we look at the features in Excel 2007
that make it easier to manage the formatting options of a
spreadsheet.
II       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE
                                                                     EXCEL 2007


     2.1 Templates

           Spreadsheet templates make it easier to create spreadsheets that
           look and work similarly. The need for templates can be easily felt
           when a user has to frequently create spreadsheets sharing similar
           formulas and formatting, with just the user-entered data changing.
           By creating the spreadsheet once and using it as a template for every
           subsequent spreadsheet, considerable time and effort can be saved.

               Excel comes preloaded with seven templates, and more can
           be freely downloaded from the
           Microsoft site. The preinstalled
           templates are displayed when the
           Installed Templates button in the
           New Spreadsheet menu—under the
           Office Button—is clicked. These
           include those designed to be used
           as Sales Report, Expense Report,
           etc. The themes on the MS site can
           be viewed and downloaded in the Use the preloaded templates
           same window. The online tem-
           plates are categorised and listed under the Microsoft Office
           Online heading. Categories like Receipts, Planners, Reports, etc.,
           are listed here, and clicking on any of these will reveal the tem-
           plates available at the Windows site. The templates can be pre-
           viewed and downloaded from there.

               A user can create custom templates from normal Excel files
           (.xlsx) or macro-included Excel files (.xlsm), by using the Save As
           button to save them as ordinary templates (.xltx) or templates
           with macros (.xltm) respectively. If the custom template so creat-
           ed is saved in the default user template folder (Documents and
           SettingsUsernameApplication DataMicrosoftTemplates),
           this template shows up under the My Templates collection when
           a New Spreadsheet is created. The “New from Existing” option
           can be used to load a template saved elsewhere or to use an exist-
           ing spreadsheet as a template.


36          FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE         II


       Template files are similar to regular files in almost all
   respects. The sole difference is that after using a template, on
   saving the document, a new file with the default Excel exten-
   sion is created (.xlsx). This protects the template from being
   overwritten by the user. If a template file needs to be modified,
   it again needs to be saved as a template (.xltx) by using the Save
   As option.

2.2 Styles

   2.2.1 Cell Styles
   A Cell Style is a combination of the
   different format options that can be
   applied to a cell and its contents,
   like Cell colour, Border, Number
   Formatting, Font style, Font colour
   etc. By defining a cell style, consist-
   ing of the different formatting
   options, it becomes possible to apply
   all of the formatting in one stroke, Some Cell Style options
   rather than individually.

      Under the Cell Styles drop-down, one can find the different
   suggested style options under the “Good, Bad and Neutral”,
   “Data and Model”, “Themed Cell Styles”, etc. headings. The
   “Good, Bad and Neutral” group lists three cell styles, besides
   Normal formatting—Red Font in Red Background, Green Font in
   Green Background, and Yellow Font in Yellow Background,
   labelled Bad, Good and Neutral respectively. The labelling allows
   those styles to be used as colour codes; for example, cells marked
   with the “Bad” style can convey the meaning to the user (if using
   the same version of Excel) that the particular cell contents met
   with disapproval.

      Besides the suggested styles, a user can create custom styles,
   using “New Cell Style” in the same drop-down.


                                                            FAST TRACK   37
II       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE
                                                                     EXCEL 2007



              Selecting this will open a window
          where the range of options available to the
          user is displayed. Besides cell colour, A
          style can influence, other aspects like font
          features, cell border, cell protection, and
          alignment. The Format button will pop up
          a window with all available options. After
          selecting the required combination, the
          style can be named and saved, and will
          appear in the Cell Style drop-down.          New Cell Style options

              If desired, cell styles from other spreadsheets can be imported
          into the current one, by using the Merge Cell Styles option.

          2.2.2 Format as Table
          This option allows a range of cells
          to be marked and manipulated as a
          unit. A Table can be seen as a subset
          of a spreadsheet, and consisting of
          data that is related. Converting a
          range of cells as a table allows Data
          Manipulation tools, like Sorting
          and Filtering, to be used on it.

              The “Format as Table” button
          not only offers formatting options
          for the range of cells, but also by Table format options
          default inserts data manipulation
          controls in the first row, called the header row, of the table. The
          data controls allow sorting and
          filtering the table data.

              Excel preloads a few colour
          schemes for a table. These are
          displayed as a Gallery (recall
          the Gallery feature of the new
          UI) on clicking the “Format as More table format options


38         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE         II


   Table” button. After the desired
   scheme is selected, the range of
   cells to be used for the table
   needs to be identified. The for-
   matting is then applied.

       By default, if the range of
   cells did not have a header row, Header Row and Data controls
   the first row is taken as the
   header row, and will now sport
   small drop-down menu but-
   tons. These can be used to per-
   form data manipulation opera-
   tions on the table, as discussed
   in detail in Chapter 4.

       If the preloaded options are
   not satisfactory, the user can
   create custom styles by using
   the New Table Style and New
   Pivot Table Style links in the Choosing a new table style
   Format as Table drop-down.
   This will pop up a window presenting the different areas in the
   table that can be formatted. The adjoining preview area will dis-
   play the results of the selections. Once a satisfactory scheme is
   arrived at, it can be named as saved, and will henceforth be pre-
   sented in the Format as Table drop-down list. If the user prefers to
   use the just created colour scheme as the default in the current
   spreadsheet, the option to “Set as Default Table Quick Style for
   this Document” can be enabled.

       Selecting a Table will create a new tab in the Ribbon:
   “Design”. Under this tab, the user can further tweak the Table
   Style. Under the Table Style options, besides other things, the
   Header Row can be disabled in case the user has no use for the
   data tools. The Table Styles block displays a gallery of the other
   possible table styles.


                                                            FAST TRACK    39
II      DOCUMENT APPEARANCE
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



              While the process of converting a range of cells to a Table is
          easy, the reverse is relatively cumbersome. Re-converting a table to
          a normal cell range requires one to first remove the formatting. If
          the range did not have a header row and if it was automatically
          included while Formatting as a Table, it has to be deleted by dis-
          abling the Header Row from the Table Styles Block. Then the for-
          matting can be removed by using the Clear option presented in
          the Table Styles drop-down in the Design Tab. After the formatting
          is removed, one can use the “Convert to Range” button in the Tools
          block under the Design tab.

     2.3 Themes

          Grouped in the Themes Block, under the Page Layout tab, is
          another new feature of Office 2007—Themes. This, as is obvious,
          offers an easy way to create a colour co-ordinated document.
          Office comes preloaded with 20 themes, and more can be down-
          loaded from the Microsoft site by using the “More Themes on
          Microsoft Office online” link, which opens http://office.
          microsoft.com/en-us/templates/CT101043361033.aspx
          (http://tinyurl.com/yeo9ss) in the default browser. The same
          themes are available across all applications that use the
          Ribbon—namely Word, Excel, and PowerPoint, so it becomes eas-
          ier to create documents in these applications sharing the same
          colour scheme.

              Themes influence colour and font characteristics of spread-
          sheet data, and the rendering style of embedded graphics like
          Chart, Word Art, etc. The Themes block also contains buttons to
          manage these three sub-categories of a theme. The components of
          a theme can be mixed and matched according to the user’s needs.
          For example, the default colour scheme of the Verve theme can be
          replaced with that of the Equity theme, as can the Font and
          Effects. If none of the existing themes’ colour codes is to the
          user’s satisfaction, a custom colour code can be created and
          applied. The same can be done in the case of the Fonts. Effects,


40         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                        DOCUMENT APPEARANCE            II


   unfortunately, cannot be user-created,
   and the user is limited to choosing
   from one of the themes.

       To apply a theme, one clicks on the
   Theme button. Thanks to the Live
   Preview feature, hovering the mouse
   over any theme causes the spreadsheet
   to reflect the changes. To apply a
   theme, just click on the desired theme.
   To change the colour code of a theme,
   use the Colors button. The Live Preview
   will show the expected changes as the
   mouse hovers over each entry. To apply
   any colour code, just click on the rele-
   vant entry. To create a custom colour The Themes menu
   code, one uses the Create New
   Theme Colours in the same
   drop-down. This will open a win-
   dow containing all the items
   whose colour can be changed.
   The adjoining preview area will
   show the changes. After a satis-
   factory scheme is created, it can
   be named and saved. This will be
   shown in the Colors drop-down
   above the default colour
   schemes, and can be used just
   like the others.                   Changing themes colour options


       To change the default fonts of a theme, one selects the Fonts
   drop-down. A live preview of the changes is shown as the list is
   scrolled. The required font can be applied with a click on the rele-
   vant entry. To create a custom font combination, one uses the
   Create New theme fonts link at the bottom of the drop-down. This
   will reveal a window where one can choose the desired font. After
   a suitable selection has been made, the combination can be


                                                             FAST TRACK     41
II       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE
                                                                     EXCEL 2007




                 Font options for themes     Some Effects Options

           named and saved. This custom creation will appear on the Fonts
           drop-down, and can be selected. The Effects button lists the differ-
           ent colour schemes that can be used for the embedded graphics
           objects in the spreadsheet.

              The custom-created combination of Colour, Fonts and Effects
           can be saved as a custom theme using the “Save Current Theme”
           option in the Themes Menu. User-created themes appear above the
           default themes in the Themes drop-down menu.

     2.4 General Formatting

           The most popular formatting tools are under the Home tab.

           2.4.1 The Font and Alignment Block
           The tools to change the font family, font size, cell border, text
           alignment, etc. are covered in the Font block. Worthy of mention
           is the Live Preview available for the font family, font size, cell
           colour, and font colour selections.

               In the Alignment block, one can find the controls to change
           the horizontal and vertical alignment and the indenting. A con-
           trol to modify text orientation is also available. This allows chang-


42          FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                        DOCUMENT APPEARANCE           II


   ing the orientation of the text easily.
   Quickly apply-able options include
   rotating the text by 45 or 90 degrees
   clockwise or anti-clockwise. Text can
   also be set vertically. More options are
   available by clicking on the small link
   at the bottom left of the block.

       There exists a control to wrap the
   text so that the cell height increases to More font options
   accommodate multiple lines of
   text, in case all the text cannot
   be displayed in a single line. The
   “Merge and Center” control can
   be used to quickly merge adjoin-
   ing cells or Unmerge them.

                                       The alignment options
       The “Merge and Center” con-
   trol has a drop-down menu con-
   taining the following options. First, the “Merge and Center”
   option not only merges the selected cells, but horizontally centres
   the content in one go. If content exists in more than one of the
   cells that need to be merged, a warning is displayed, reminding
   the user that cell content will be lost. The “Merge Across” option
   only merges cells column-wise, leaving the rows intact. “Merge
   Cells” will merge all selected cells. “Unmerge Cells” will undo all
   merge operations.

   2.4.2 The Number Block
   The Number Block contains the controls to
   set various cell content types, like currency,
   text, number, etc. The drop-down lists all
   possible data types. Other controls available
   offer quick formatting for percentage, cur-
   rency, and inserting commas, and adding or
   decreasing the decimal places displayed for
   a fraction.                                    Data type format options


                                                               FAST TRACK    43
II       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE
                                                                           EXCEL 2007



               The Number, Font, and Alignment Blocks have a link at the
           bottom right that can be used to access the extended cell format-
           ting options.

           2.4.3 The Cells Block
           The Cells Block contains the Insert and Delete controls, which can be
           used to insert and delete rows, columns, and spreadsheets. The
           Format button can be used to adjust cell height and width manual-
           ly, or set it to adjust automatically to accommo-
           date the content. The drop-down also lists the
           visibility options, which can be used to hide a
           row or column or sheet. To rename a sheet, one
           uses the Rename Sheet link. The “Move or Copy
           Sheet” link can be used to do just that. Sheets
           can be moved to a different workbook if need-
           ed, or can be saved as a separate workbook.
           There are also options to lock a cell to protect its
           value from being modified; the spreadsheet
           also can be locked to prevent unauthorised
           access. The Format Cells link allows the user to
           access additional cell formatting options. The
           sole feature in the extended options window
           that is not accessible from the links on the
           Ribbon is the one that can cause the text to
           shrink to fit a cell. This is available under the
           Alignment Tab in the same window.                    Cell formatting options


     2.5 Conditional Formatting

           Graphs have been an integral part of data interpretation. Because
           graphs put across information pictorially, they considerably ease
           the process of getting the gist of a large table of figures without
           getting lost. Conditional Formatting (CF), in many ways, harnesses
           the same power of pictorial representation to describe data, mak-
           ing the information readily apparent and precluding the need to
           peruse through a table of figures.


44          FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE           II


       As already mentioned, CF makes it easier to distinguish
   between values by using visual cues. CF allows a cell to be format-
   ted in all possible combinations. This includes cell colour, font
   colour, font size, font style, and more. It even adds a new type of
   formatting that involves the use of icon
   to distinguish between cells. While
   there are a lot of formatting options,
   the “condition” options are almost as
   varied. CF supports conditions like
   greater than or less than, equal or
   unequal, duplicates or uniques. It can
   also check for non-numerical condi-
   tions, like the presence of certain text
   or a date. Any user-created formula that
   returns a logical value can also be used
   as the criterion in CF.
                                              Conditional Formatting menu
       CF is accessed from the Home Tab
   under the Styles Block. Since CF applies to a range of cells, it is
   expected that a range of cells be selected before using CF. The for-
   matting capabilities under conditional formatting can be broadly
   divided into two types. These are as follows.

   2.5.1 Formatting All Cells in a range based on their Values
   This would result in all cells in a range being given some visual
   cue based on certain criteria. CF comes preloaded with three types
   of format styles for this category: Colour Scales, Data Bars, and
   Icon sets. By default, selecting a range of cells and applying any of
   these CF styles will cause Excel to calculate the maximum and
   minimum values in that range and apply the corresponding visu-
   al cue. Data Bars involves displaying a bar in the cell, with the cell
   value determining the bar length. The resulting effect is similar to
   plotting a bar graph right in the column. A Colour Scale uses a two
   or three-colour colouring scheme, with the mix of the colours
   being controlled by the cell value. An Icon set uses a set of three,
   four or five icons to convey the information, with the value of the
   cell determining the colour/type of icon used.


                                                             FAST TRACK     45
II       DOCUMENT APPEARANCE
                                                                     EXCEL 2007




                                              Data Bars in action

      Icons Sets in action


              The default behaviour of
          only considering the maximum
          and minimum values and the
          colour palette can be changed by
          clicking on the More Rules link.
          Here, one can specify a different
          condition like giving an Colour Scale in action
          absolute maximum and mini-
          mum (rather than have Excel calculate these figures from the
          selected cell range), using Percentage or Percentile, or using a for-
          mula to dictate the cell formatting. The More Rules link also
          allows modifying the colour schemes for Data Bars and Colour
          Scales. By default, Excel shows the cell value along with the for-
          matting, and this can also be disabled here. And more than one CF
          can be applied to a cell or a range of cells.

          2.5.2 Formatting Selected Cells in a Range based on their
          values
          This other type of CF causes only those cells in a range that fulfil
          a certain condition to be modified.

              By default, Excel offers a few preset conditions under the head-
          ings Highlight Cell Rules and Top/Bottom Rules. The Highlight Cells
          rules can be used to quickly identify cells whose values meet criteria


46         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                        DOCUMENT APPEARANCE         II


   like Greater than, Less Than,
   Equal to, and Between—user-
   defined values. Other preset
   conditions allow easy marking
   of cells that have duplicate val-
   ues, or cell content matching
   some text or date criteria. All
   these conditions require the
   user to specify a value to com-
   pare the cell content with. The
   Top/Bottom rules can be used
   to quickly identify cells whose
   values meet certain               CF Top-Bottom Options
   statistical criteria,
   like Top 10 or
   Bottom 10, Top 10%
   or     Bottom 10%,
   Above or Below
   Average. The default
   cut-off of 10% can be
   changed by the user. CF User Formula

       In all the above
   cases, Excel offers a
   preset format style
   which      can     be
   changed. The for-
   matting      options
   differ in this cate-
   gory of CF. Here, CF Rules Manager
   Excel permits for-
   matting other features like font colour, font style, and cell bor-
   der, besides cell colour.

       Besides the default conditions, Excel allows the user to speci-
   fy a formula. Cells where the formula evaluates to 1 or True are
   selectively formatted. For example, this would be useful to mark


                                                             FAST TRACK   47
II      DOCUMENT APPEARANCE
                                                                EXCEL 2007



          those cells whose values exceed
          the value in another cell not in
          the same range. As long as the
          CF rule is active, changes to the
          cell value in the external cell
          will cause formatting changes in
          the cell range.

              The CF Rules manager, acces-
          sible from the CF menu, keeps a New CF Rules Options
          list of all CF rules operating on
          the workbook. Here, existing rules can be edited or deleted, and
          new ones can be created. Custom User CF rules can be created by
          using the New Rule link in the CF menu. This will open the New
          Rules window listing all condition and formatting options for
          both CF categories.

             To remove the formatting from the cells, one uses the “Clear
          Rules” link under CF.




48         FAST TRACK
Calculations
Made Easier




E  xcel offers some very powerful features that can help you create
   complex spreadsheets with calculations of data spread over
thousands of cells. Get all the dope you need to become an Excel
power user in this chapter!
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                  EXCEL 2007


     3.1 All About Cell References

       Any calculation starts
       with a cell reference. In
       Excel 2007 you have
       1,048,567 rows and 16,384
       columns. The alphabetical
       columns and the num-
       bered rows intersect to
       give each cell a unique ref-
       erence. When you enter
       values into cells and want
       to refer to those values
                                     Simple cell reference
       elsewhere, you will use
       the cell reference. See the simple cell reference in the below figure.

           The cell reference can refer to a single cell as in the example
       above, or to a range of cells in the worksheet (or other work-
       sheets in the same workbook). It can be a simple calculation
       using the addition, subtraction, division, or multiplication
       operators, or it can be a complex formula. For example, to total
       a list of numbers in a row or column, click on the first blank cell
       next to the numbers and select the ? AutoSum button on the
       Formulas tab. Excel will automatically select and total the list of
       preceding numbers.

           When you enter cell references into a cell, you will normally
       enter the “=” sign first. This will inform Excel that you are about
       to perform a calculation. You can either enter it in directly into
       the cell or use the formula bar (“fx”) at the top. Generally, for
       simple calculations, it may be convenient to enter it in directly
       into the cell, and use the formula bar for longer complex cell
       references and formulas. In any case, as you enter the references
       to various cells in your cell, Excel will automatically highlight
       these cells in various colours to help you visually locate where
       these cells are located. Try it out by copying the above example
       into a worksheet.


50         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                         CALCULATIONS ON DATA        III

3.2 Defined Names

   You can also use Defined
   Names to use in your ref-
   erences. A Defined Name
   is a special, custom name
   you assign to a cell, a
   range of cells, or a range An example of a Named Range
   of non-adjacent cells (that
   is, cells that are not next to each other: you select multiple such
   cells by holding down [Ctrl] and clicking on each cell you want to
   include). This is useful especially in large and complex worksheets
   where you can get easily confused by just the cell references.

       To create a Defined Name, select a cell, a range of cells, or a set
   of non-adjacent cells, and click on the left end of the Name box.
   (This is the box before the “fx” formula bar at the top.) Give a name
   for your selection and hit [Enter]. For example, in the figure, the
   area sales of Sales Division 1 has been selected together and given
   the name “SalesDiv1”.

       Now, suppose you wanted the total of this list. Instead of giving
   a cell range reference [SUM(B3:B6)], you would simply say
   SUM(SalesDiv1). This will greatly simplify your tasks, especially in
   large, complex sheets, where it will be difficult to keep track of cell
   references without getting confused.

       A few things to note with named ranges: the name can be any
   alphanumeric string of letters or numbers but without any spaces.
   If you want to do any mathematical or formula operations on more
   than one range, you will have to specify each range individually. In
   the above example, if you wanted the totals of all the sales divi-
   sions, you would write:

      SUM(SalesDiv1)+ SUM(salesDiv2)+ SUM(salesDiv3)
      and not
      SUM(SalesDiv1+SalesDiv2+SalesDiv3)


                                                             FAST TRACK      51
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                 EXCEL 2007



           To change a formula or part of a formula to a defined name, or
       if you find it too cumber-
       some to type out the
       names, you can also use
       the [F3] key to pop up the
       “Paste Name” window,
       which will contain the list
       of all the defined names
       in your workbook. First,
       select the cell where you
       want to create or change a The Paste Name pop up
       formula. If required,
       select the section of the formula you want to change and press
       [F3]. A Paste Name window will pop up, and you can select the
       names you want to use.

     3.3 Referring to Another Worksheet
       You can also create a reference to another worksheet. The easiest
       way to do this is to click in
       the cell where you wish to
       create the reference, type
       in the equals sign ([=]),
       then switch to the other
       worksheet and select the A cell that references another worksheet
       cell that contains the
       value you need.

           In the figure, the value for the Marketing Budget (to be entered
       in the Sales worksheet, cell B8) is in cell B2 on the Marketing work-
       sheet. When referring to another worksheet, the name of the
       worksheet followed by an exclamation mark should be prefixed to
       the cell reference. In this example, “=Marketing!B2” means, “use
       the data in cell B2 in the Marketing worksheet.”

           You can also go to cell B2 on the Marketing worksheet, copy the
       cell, switch to the Sales worksheet, right-click on the Marketing


52         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                         CALCULATIONS ON DATA       III


   Budget cell (B8), select “Paste Special…”, and click on “Paste Link”.
   The reference to B2 will be pasted into the cell. In either of the two
   methods, any changes to the value of B2 (in the Marketing sheet)
   will automatically be updated in cell B8 on the Sales sheet.

       There is one important difference, though, between using the
   Link command from the Paste Special menu and entering the cell
   reference manually. Using the Link command, the reference is
   absolute; using the other method the reference is relative. See
   §1.5.2 for more details.

       Normally, values and the results of formulas are automatically
   calculated and updated into the cells as you enter them. In some
   cases, you may wish to not run the calculation till you have pre-
   pared all the formulas and data for your worksheet. If you do not
   want the values / formulas to be automatically updated, turn off
   Automatic Calculation: click on the Office Button, select Excel
   Options, click on Formulas, and select Manual under the
   Calculation options. Or switch to the Formulas tab, select
   Calculation options, and choose Manual. Now, whenever you want
   to calculate the values in your workbook, you will need to press
   [F9] or the Calculate Now button for Excel to calculate the formu-
   las and values in your workbook. To calculate only the current
   worksheet, press [Shift] + [F9] or the Calculate Sheet button.

3.4 Absolute, Relative, and Mixed References

   An absolute reference is a cell reference that doesn’t change wher-
   ever you move your data.
   On the other hand, a rela-
   tive cell reference will
   change every time you
   move your data.

      Copy the data in
   columns A and B in the Absolute and relative references


                                                             FAST TRACK     53
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



       figure into a worksheet. Now in cell C2, type, without the quotes,
       “=B2*$B$8”, then hit [Enter]. Select cell C2 again and hover over
       the bottom right corner of the cell till the mouse pointer changes
       to a plus sign. Then click and drag downwards to cell C6.

           In the above example, the US Dollar to Indian Rupee conver-
       sion rate is specified in cell B8. In the Indian Rupees column, there
       is an absolute reference to cell B8 and a relative reference to the
       US dollar values of the items in the US dollar price column. An
       absolute reference is denoted by using the “$” symbol prefixed
       before the column reference and the row reference. In this exam-
       ple, the absolute reference to cell B8 is denoted by $B$8. Thus in
       column C, the reference to the cells in column B is relative, but the
       reference to the cell B8 is absolute.

          You can also have a partially absolute reference, that is, the ref-
       erence will be absolute for either column or row. Continuing with
       the above example, if you use $B8, the reference will be absolute
       with reference to Column B but relative with reference to the row.
       Similarly, B$8 will be absolute with reference to row 8 but relative
       with reference to column B. You can also switch between the ref-
       erence types easily: highlight the reference type you want to
       change and press [F4] to cycle through relative, partially absolute,
       and fully absolute reference modes.

     3.5 Referring to Another Workbook

       Not only can you refer to another worksheet in the same work-
       book, you can also refer to cells and cell ranges in other work-
       books. You can merge data from several workbooks into a single
       worksheet, use formulas to manipulate the data, and also use rel-
       ative or absolute referencing that will change according to how
       you move the data in your worksheet.

            References to other workbooks will be of the form
            =SUM([Sales.xlsx]Annual!B23:B49)


54         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                        CALCULATIONS ON DATA      III


       This type of syntax is used when the source workbook (the
   workbook that contains the data you want to use) is open. In this
   example, the name of the source workbook is “Sales.xlsx”, the
   worksheet which contains the data is “Annual” (note the “!” after
   the worksheet name), and the range where the data lies is cell B23
   to B49.

       When the source workbook file is not open, then the reference
   includes the full path to where the workbook is stored, as so:

       =SUM(‘D:Div1([Sales.xlsx]Annual!B23:B49)

      What will make tasks simpler, however, is the use of defined
   names. Simply refer to the source workbook and the named range
   you want to total. For example:

       =SUM(Sales.xlsx!SalesDiv1)

       Alternatively, if the source workbook does not have defined
   names, you can create your own defined name in your main work-
   book. Open both the source and main workbooks. Click Define
   Names in the Formulas tab, select “Define Name…”, and in the
   resulting pop-up box, give a name for the selection you are about
   to make. Clear the “Refers to” box and ensure that the cursor is
   blinking in this box. Then switch to your source workbook and
   select the range or cells you want to include, and click OK. You can
   then use this named reference in your main workbook as you
   would with any other reference.

      You can also control how and when the external links are
   updated. If the source and main workbooks are open, any changes
   in the source workbook will be automatically reflected in the
   main workbook. If, for example, the main workbook is closed and
   the data is changed in the source workbook, then when the main
   workbook is opened, a security alert will pop up informing you,
   “Automatic update of links has been disabled”. To enable it, click
   the Options button and select “Enable this content”. As a security


                                                           FAST TRACK     55
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                EXCEL 2007



       precaution, it is a good idea to do
       this every time you open your
       main workbook.

          Alternatively, in the Data tab,
       in the Connections group, select
       Edit Links. All the links in the
       workbook that connect to external Security restriction for updating
       workbooks will be displayed in the external links
       pop-up. You can then choose to
       update all the links, or selectively decide which you want to
       update and which not to.



     3.6 3D References

       A 3D reference is
       where the data is
       in the same loca-
       tion on multiple
       worksheets. For
       example, in the
       figure, there are
       three marketing
       budgets for three
       departments:
                           Three similar worksheets
       electronics, foods,
       and retail. They
       are identical, and the data in all the cells refer to the same budg-
       et heads.

          For example, to get the total for Personnel Budget for all three
       departments per month, you can do the following. Click on the
       January Personnel Budget cell (B5), type “=”, followed by SUM(), set
       the cursor to within the brackets, with the cursor blinking inside
       the brackets, click on the first worksheet tab “Marketing Budget -


56         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                         CALCULATIONS ON DATA       III


   Electronics”, hold down the [Shift] key, and click on the last work-
   sheet tab “Marketing Budget - Retail”.

       ‘Marketing Budget - Electronics:Marketing Budget - Retail’!
   will be inserted inside the brackets. Next, select the range C7:10.
   Your final formula will look like

      =SUM(‘Marketing Budget - Electronics:Marketing Budget -
   Retail’!C7:C10)

       This formula tells Excel to total up the column C7 to C10 in the
   sheets from “Marketing Budget - Electronics” to “Marketing
   Budget - Retail”. Once you’ve created the formula for one cell, you
   can fill the relative data in the other cells by moving the pointer
   to the bottom right corner of the cell till it changes to a plus sign,
   which you can then click and drag along the same row to fill the
   details in the rest of the rows.

       If you add any new worksheets in between these worksheets,
   Excel will include the data in cells C7 to C10 for all these work-
   sheets. If you delete a worksheet or move a worksheet outside
   this selection of sheets, Excel will remove the data from the col-
   lection.



3.7 Excel Tables

   The normal way to manage data in Excel is to specify a range, and
   use references and formulas to manage and manipulate the data.
   Excel Tables (previously Excel lists) is a feature where you can treat
   tabular data as an actual table. This makes things much easier to
   manage and work with.

      You can create one, or convert an existing data range into an
   Excel Table. To create a table, select a range of cells on your work-
   sheet and click on the Table button in the Insert tab, or to convert


                                                             FAST TRACK     57
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



       a range, select the range and click on the Table button. A window
       asking you to confirm the range (with the option to include table
       headers) will pop up. Once you make your selection, a blank table
       with default names for columns (column1, column 2, etc.) will be
       created, or if you’ve checked the “My table has headers” option, it
       will use the first row as the headers. After you create the Table, the
       Table Tools become available and the Design tab is displayed.

           Whenever you click inside the table, the Table Name will be
       shown. Excel will automatically give a table name—Table1, Table2,
       etc.—but you can give it a more meaningful description by clicking
       on the Table Name in the Properties section of the Design tab. You
       can then reference this table in other formulas or data calcula-
       tions as required.

     3.8 Creating Formulas to Calculate Values

       Formulas are the basis for all calculation in Excel. They are essen-
       tially specialised equations and start with an equals (=) sign. The
       formula =7*5+3 will display the result 38 in a cell. This example is
       one of the simplest types of formulas you can use.

          The other type of formula is where you use the cell, range, 3D
       range, name, or table name reference to perform calculations.
       Other than the standard arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) and refer-
       ences, you can also use: %, ^, functions, and constants.

          % is nothing but percentage, and you can either click on the %
       button or enter it in manually. The ^ symbol (caret) calculates the
       exponents of data: 2^8 is 256.

           Functions are pre-built formulas that only require you to pro-
       vide the cell references or specific values. For example, SUM is a
       frequently-used function to total up cells. Functions are great
       time-savers and allow you to focus on getting your results rather
       than waste time telling Excel what to do. There are hundreds of


58         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                        CALCULATIONS ON DATA      III


   inbuilt formulas you can use. Click on the Formulas tab and
   choose the required function from among the given categories.

      Constants are numbers or values that are not calculated. For
   example, dates are constants (10/2/2007), and the function Pi is a
   constant. It corresponds to 3.14 accurate to an almost infinite
   number of decimal places.

       Most formulas follow the syntax “formula(value1, value2,
   etc.)”. Here “formula” corresponds to the name of the formula,
   and value1, value2, etc. correspond to the values that the function
   requires compulsorily or optionally. Thus, the function
   “Convert(number,from_unit,to_unit)” corresponds to the engi-
   neering Convert function, which converts data from one meas-
   urement unit to another. In this example, if you wanted to convert
   3784 days to years, your formula would be like

       =CONVERT(3784,”day”,”yr”)

       Similarly, you can search for and use other formulas. The
   basic principle will remain the same but the possible values will
   change. In some functions, a set of core data values will be
   required with optional data being included or excluded. The
   details of each function and how to use it with examples in most
   cases can be found in the help documentation. If you are not
   sure about which function to use, click on the Insert Function
   button. This will display a dialog box from where you can type a
   short description for what you want to do, and Excel will give a
   list of closest matching function names, which you can then
   review and choose from.

       You can also have one function nested in another. Example:

       =CONVERT((CONVERT(3784,”day”,”yr”)),”yr”,”day”)

      will give you the result 3784 after converting 3784 days to years
   and then the resulting years back to days.


                                                           FAST TRACK     59
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



            You also have comparison operators:
            =, >, <, >=,<=, <>

          These are: equal to, greater than, less than, greater than or
       equal to, less than or equal to, and not equal to, respectively. If you
       want to compare the values in two cells using this operator, you
       would, for example, enter it as: A1=B1. That is, Excel is asked the
       question: Are A1 and B1 equal? The result will be displayed as
       TRUE or FALSE depending on the data in these two cells.

          There are lots more functions that are available in the Excel.
       For example to show you the current date and time in a cell use
       the formula, =NOW(). If you want to just see the current date use
       =TODAY().

          You can build complex functions using the logical operators
       AND, IF, IFERROR, TRUE, FALSE, NOT, and OR. These operators can
       be used to conditionally respond to the results in a cell.

           The text operators are also powerful tools that can help you
       manipulate text and do advanced functions. For example, you can
       use the CONCATENATE function to join text from different cells
       into one cell.

          Another useful function is COUNT and its variants; this
       function will show you the count of cells based on criteria that
       you can specify.

     3.9 Moving, copying, and editing formulas

       You edit formulas by clicking inside the cell and selecting the val-
       ues you wish to change or replace. For example, if a cell had the
       formula =SUM(A2:A10) and the name of the range A2 to A10 was
       TotalCost, you could edit this formula by clicking inside the cell
       and replacing A2:A10 with TotalCost. The formula would then
       look like: =SUM(TotalCost)


60         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                         CALCULATIONS ON DATA       III


       You use the Cut and Copy commands to move or copy formu-
   las respectively. If you use the Cut command, the cell references
   will not change whatever be their type—relative, absolute, or par-
   tially absolute. If you use the Copy command, the cell references
   may change depending on the type of cell reference.

       To copy the formula, select the cell with the formula and press
   [Ctrl] + [C], or right-click and select Copy. Move the mouse to the
   new cell where you want to the formula to be copied, and select
   Paste or Paste Special > Link, or use [Ctrl] + [V] to paste the formu-
   la into the new cell. Make sure that you verify that the formula is
   referencing the correct data cells and that the result is in line with
   what is to be expected.

       If the data is not as you expected, you can try switching the cell
   reference by using the [F4] key as explained earlier. Select the cell
   reference you want to change and press [F4] to cycle through the
   various possible combinations of cell reference types.

      To move the formula, select the cell with the formula and
   press [Ctrl] + [X] or right-click and select Cut. Move the mouse to
   the new cell where you want to the formula to be copied, and
   paste the formula into the new cell.



3.10. Validating data during entry

   When you are entering data, you can limit your chances of error
   and make data entry easier by defining the valid entries. You can
   have Excel automatically validate the entries in a cell based on a
   whole number, decimal number, date, time, length of text, or a
   custom formula. You can define the upper and lower limits for
   valid ranges for the numbers and time units, define a list of items
   that must be used, provide a custom message to guide the users
   when they try to enter data, and also provide error messages when
   they attempt to make a wrong entry.


                                                             FAST TRACK     61
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



           To perform validation of the data entry in a cell, select the cell
       first and then choose the Data Validation command. This can be
       found on the Data tab under the Data Tools group.

          In the resulting pop-up, you will get an “Allow” drop-down list.
       This list contains the types of data that you can control for entries.

           To control the validation
       on the data entry for the cell,
       select the data type first. The
       choices you have are: Whole
       Number, Decimal Number,
       List, Date, Time, Text Length,
       and Custom.
                                         Data validation entries
           If you choose Whole
       Number, Decimal Number, Date, Time, or Text Length, you have
       the further option to specify whether the data should be between,
       not between, equal to, not equal to, greater than, less than, greater
       than or equal to, and less than or equal to a maximum and mini-
       mum value. In such a case, any data that falls outside this range
       will result in an error warning if you give a customised error mes-
       sage in the Error Alert tab. You can also give a custom message on
       the Input Message tab which will be visible to users when they
       choose that particular cell.

          If you choose the Custom data type you will have to specify a
       formula that will be used in validating the data entry. You will
       need to enter a formula that calculates the logical value TRUE or
       FALSE.

           If you choose List you will need to specify a list on the same
       worksheet or a named range on another worksheet. To do this,
       first create a list on the same worksheet, or on another worksheet,
       and give it a name. Then click on the cell and choose Data
       Validation. Select the List option in the Source box, select the cell
       range in the same worksheet or enter the name of the range on


62         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                        CALCULATIONS ON DATA       III


   the other worksheet. Specify any custom Input Message and Error
   Alert messages you want to show your users and click OK.

      The cell can be left blank without data entry if you select the
   Ignore Blank checkbox. If you clear this checkbox, you will be
   required to enter data.

       In the List option, the “In-cell dropdown” option can be used
   to show an arrow when the user selects the cell. The user can then
   click on the cell and select the data from the drop-down list.

       Finally, to minimise errors and to prevent your cells from
   being accidentally (or deliberately!) deleted, you can enable pro-
   tection for your worksheet. To do this, first select the entire work-
   sheet, right-click, and select Format Cells. In the Protection tab,
   select Locked, and click OK. Next, select the cells you’re going to
   allow users to edit. Open the Protection tab and clear the Locked
   tab. What this has effectively done is designate the entire work-
   sheet as locked, with only the cells that users are allowed to edit
   being marked as unlocked.

       Next, go to the Review tab,
   and in the Changes group, select
   Protect Sheet. In the resulting
   pop-up box, choose the actions
   that you will permit users to do
   on the worksheet, give a pass-
   word for the protected sheet,
   and click OK. You can also leave
   it as a blank password but any
   user can unprotect the sheet
   without the password. The
   blank password is useful if you
   are more worried about forget- Protect important worksheets
   ting the password and just want
   to prevent accidental data entry without being too concerned
   about security.


                                                            FAST TRACK     63
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                EXCEL 2007


     3.11. Finding and correcting errors

       As formulas get more complex, the chances of errors creeping in
       become higher. Some errors will announce themselves to you with
       some error condition; others may not be so simple—you may have
       given an incorrect reference that will make for a wrong result.

           When Excel itself reports errors with the formula, they are rel-
       atively easy to correct. There are different types of standard error
       conditions that will give you a good indication of where exactly to
       look to correct the error.

          First, however, you have to take certain precautions when
       entering formulas:

       ❍   Ensure that the brackets are properly matched. This is especial-
           ly a problem with nested formulas (one formula inside another
           which again maybe inside another formula). Take care to ensure
           that all the brackets are correctly used. Excel will normally
           catch any bracket errors, but it can miss them when the formu-
           la is complex. The maximum level of nesting in any case is 64.

       ❍   Cell ranges are indicated by colons. The cell range A1 to A23
           should be entered as A1:A23, not A1-A23. If you use A1-A23,
           Excel will subtract the value of A23 from A1.

       ❍   Ensure that all the required values (or “arguments” as they are
           called) are entered into the formula. Each formula may have
           required values and optional values; at the minimum, the
           required values have to be entered to prevent Excel from bring-
           ing up an error.

       ❍   If you refer to cells in other worksheets, ensure that the work-
           sheet name is enclosed in single quotes. If you are referring to
           links in an external workbook, ensure that you have entered the
           full path to that workbook.

          Excel error checking is rule-based, and it tries to learn your
       preferences as it goes. Any errors which you ignore, Excel will also


64         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                          CALCULATIONS ON DATA         III


   ignore when the error
   is repeated. These
   errors will be hidden
   from you, and you will
   need to manually reset
   it if you want to see
   them. To do this, click
   the Microsoft Office
   Button and select Excel
   Options, click on the
   Formulas tab, and
   under     the     Error
                           Reset errors to be able to see them again
   Checking section, click
   Reset Ignored Errors.

      In the Error Checking Rules section, check or clear all the rules
   that you want you want Excel to use to check for errors.

       You can also get Excel to check for errors one at a time, much
   like a grammar error checker. If you want Excel to recheck all the
   errors first, reset the ignored error check. Next, select the work-
   sheet you want to check for errors, and on the Formulas tab, in the
   Formula Auditing group, click on Error Checking. The Error
   Checking dialog box is displayed and it will take you to the first
   error in the worksheet. The dialog box will show the formula (or a
   part of it if it is too long), a diagnosis of the error, offer a sugges-
   tion on what is to be done, provide additional help, and provide
   the option to ignore the error or edit in the formula bar. You can
   make your choice on what action to take and then click Next to go
   to the next error.

      If you want Excel to display errors as you work, ensure that the
   Enable Background Error checking checkbox is ticked in Excel
   Options > Formula. Now when an error occurs with a formula,
   Excel will instantly display an icon of a golden-coloured diamond
   shape with a red icon inside it. This means there is an error in the
   formula and that it needs to be corrected. Clicking on the icon will


                                                              FAST TRACK      65
III     CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



       give you a list of options that will help you decide on what action
       to take. If you specify Ignore Error, this type of error wont be
       checked for again till you reset the error checking.

          If you have too
       many formulas or
       your sheet is very
       complex, you can
       gather all your for-
       mulas into one
       place and “watch”
       them conveniently.
       By using the Watch Watch formulas in one window
       window, you can
       keep track of all your formulas in a single window and see the
       result of any changes without having to scroll through the
       entire worksheet.

           To enable the Watch window, first select all the formulas in
       your worksheet. Go to the Home tab, and in the Editing group,
       click Find & Select and go to the “Go to special…” command. A
       dialog box will pop up, where you select the radio button option
       “Formula” and leave all the boxes under Formula checked. Click
       OK. This will select all the formulas in the worksheet.

           Next, switch to the Formulas tab and select the Watch
       Window under Formula Auditing. In the dialog box that pops up,
       click on the Add Watch… button. All the selected cells will be dis-
       played in a dialog box which you can then confirm by clicking
       Add. You can, of course, remove any formula which you do not
       want to watch for changes.

           As cells are updated and data is modified, the watch window
       will display the changes as they happen. You will not need to scroll
       to different parts of the worksheet to see how your data changes.
       This can be especially helpful with large spreadsheets as you will
       be able to see the results and instantly and be alerted to any errors.


66         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                          CALCULATIONS ON DATA         III

3.12 Tracing a formula

   There are a number of ways to trace a formula so you can check it
   for errors if needed or just review the logical steps it takes in cal-
   culating the result.

      Formulas can be evalu-
   ated step by step. This will
   show you the logical steps
   taken in calculating the
   result, and is especially
   useful when you are deal-
   ing with large, complex
                                Step by step formula evaluation
   nested formulas, which
   can easily get very confusing.

       To evaluate a cell with a formula, first select the cell and click on
   the Evaluate button on the Formula Auditing group in the Formulas
   tab. In the resulting dialog box, you’ll be able to see the entire for-
   mula first. Click on the Evaluate button, and the first calculation in
   the sequence would be calculated. Once you are satisfied with the
   result and the logic of the step, click on the Evaluate button again to
   go to the next part of the formula to be evaluated… and so on.

       This process will help you confirm that there are no incorrect
   references and that the logical steps involved in the formula cal-
   culation are as you want them to them.

       You can also trace a formula visually by looking up the
   Precedent or Dependent cells. Precedent cells are referred to by a
   formula in another cells. Dependent cells have formulas referring
   to other cells. The Trace Precedents and Trace Dependents com-
   mands will graphically display the relationships that a formula
   has with other cells.

       To view the Precedence and Dependence of a formula, first go
   to Excel Options in the Office Button, select Advanced, and scroll


                                                               FAST TRACK      67
III      CALCULATIONS ON DATA
                                                                EXCEL 2007



       down to the “Display Options for this workbook” section, under
       the “For object, show” section, ensure that All (or Placeholders) is
       selected. If you have any external references to other workbooks,
       open those as well.

          Next, select the cell whose formula you want to trace. In the
       Formulas tab, click on Trace Precedents and/or Trace
       Dependants as required. Blue arrows will show the references to
       and from the cell if there are no errors. If there are errors, a red
       arrow will be shown. If the data is in another worksheet, a work-
       sheet icon will be shown.




           Precendents and Dependents


           You can click on the Trace Precedents and Dependents button
       again and again to trace the formulas to multiple levels. To remove
       all tracer arrows, click Remove arrows. Once all the levels have
       been traced, Excel will inform you that there are no more levels to
       trace. You can double-click on the black arrow which points to an
       external reference and in the resulting Go To pop-up window,
       select the sheet where the reference is.

          Tracing the cell reference in this way will help you to visualise
       where all the data is coming from, and analyse for logical errors
       and inconsistencies.


68         FAST TRACK
Organising And
Interpreting Data




C    reating and maintaining long lists and tables of names and
     numbers can be worthwhile only if all that data can be easily
sifted to cull relevant information. Excel packs in all the required
features, in the form of data functions or data tools, to organise and
interpret the data in spreadsheets. We shall discuss them now.
    Charts and Graphs, which are also a part of Data
Interpretation, are discussed in Chapter 6.
ORGANISING AND
     IV     INTERPRETING DATA                                      EXCEL 2007


     4.1 Data Tables

       Excel can perform calculations on data, which you know very well.
       The fact is, you can also make decisions based on the data: what if
       this variable were this much more? It turns out that this is actual-
       ly called “What-If Analysis.” This deals with observing exactly how
       changes in the input cause changes in the results of a formula.

           In Excel, a Data Table is the tool to perform a What-If analysis on
       a formula. It’s pretty simple: the changes in the results of the
       formula—caused by changing the values of the input variables—can
       be tabulated in a Data Table.

           At the centre of a What-If analysis lies the formula. Since the
       Data Table in Excel 2007 can support a maximum of two-variable
       What-If Analysis, the formula being put to the test needs to meet
       this condition. There’s no real magic happening here: you can do a
       What-If Analysis by replacing the input variable and noting the
       results. But since you have Data Tables, it’s simplified. Just
       command Excel to make a Data Table, and change what needs to be
       changed—and the What-Ifs appear all nice and neat in the table.

          Now for some rules. The different values that you intend to test
       your formula with need to be filled in a single column or row, if only
       one input variable is changing. You can’t have them scattered. If two
       input variables are changing, the two series of numbers need to be
       put in a column and a row. Excel has strict rules about the relative
       positions of the rows and columns and the formula-containing cell,
       and you need to follow these for the tool to function.

          You fire up the Data Table tool from the Data Table Link under
       the What-If Analysis drop-down in the Data tab.

          To make it easier to understand what’s going on, let’s use a
       simple example involving capital and rate of interest. Say cell B1
       contains Capital Amount and cell B2 contains the Rate of Interest.
       The formula to calculate interest (Capital multiplied by Rate of


70        FAST TRACK
ORGANISING AND
EXCEL 2007                                  INTERPRETING DATA       IV


   Interest) is B1*B2. We can use a Data Table to see how changes in
   Rate of Interest and/or Capital influences the interest amount.

   Case 1: One-Variable Data Table
   For this purpose we shall assume
   that the rate of interest is fixed at
   10%. So cell B2 contains “10”.

       We can list different capital
   amounts in Column A, in the cell
   range A5:A10. Excel dictates that the
   formula, in the case of a One-
   Variable Column Data Table, should
   be in a cell that is one column to the
   right and one row above the first
   value of the input column. In our Formula location in a one-variable
                                          Column Data Table
   case the formula should be in the
   cell B4.

       Having ensured this, select the cell range A4:B10, consisting of
   the input values and the formula cell, and launch the Data Table
   tool by clicking on the Data Table Link. A window will pop up and
   ask for the “Row Input Cell” or “Column Input Cell.” Since our data
   is in columns—that is, we are dealing with a Column Data Table—
   the Column Input Cell needs to be mentioned. This will be the input
   factor which will be changed with the values in the column. In our
   case, since we are changing the Capital amount, the Column Input
   Cell is B1. Clicking on OK will populate the cells B5 to B10 with the
   different interest figures calculated by changing the Capital figures
   in A5 to A10.

        In the above scenario, we could have used the cells B5:G5—that
   is, a row—to populate the different Capital amounts. In this case, the
   formula needs to be in the cell that is one row below and one
   column to the left of the first value in the input row. This means the
   formula has to be entered in the cell A6. The cell range A5:G6 has to
   be selected before launching the Data Table Tool. The Row Input Cell


                                                             FAST TRACK     71
ORGANISING AND
     IV     INTERPRETING DATA                                   EXCEL 2007




      The formula location in a one-variable Row Data Table


      will be B1. After the process is done, the cell range B6:G6 will be
      populated with the different Interest Values arrived at by changing
      the capital values listed in B5:G5.

      Case 2: Two-Variable Data Table
      To study the effect of simultaneous changes in Capital Amount
      and Rate of Interest on the Interest amount, we need to create a
      Two-Variable Data Table. In this case we can populate the cells
      A5:A10 with different Capital Amounts, and the cells B4:G4 with
      different Interest Rates. This relative position of the Row and
      Column is dictated by Excel. Excel also dictates that the formula
      has to be in the cell where the Input Row and Input Column meet,
      which in our case is the cell A4.

          Now select the cell range A4:G10, and launch the Data Table tool.
      The Row input cell is B2 (Rate of Interest) and the Column Input Cell
      is B1 (Capital Amount). On completion, the cell range B5:G10 will be
      populated with the different Interest amounts.




      The formula location in a two-variable Data Table




72        FAST TRACK
ORGANISING AND
EXCEL 2007                                   INTERPRETING DATA       IV

4.2 Sorting and Filtering

   You’ll often find your-
   self needing to sort
   and filter data in
   Excel. The Tools to
   perform Sorting and
   Filtering operations
   on a range of cells are
                           Multi-level sorting
   in the Sort and Filter
   block under the Data Tab. These are also accessible from the Sort
   and Filter button in the Editing Block under the Home Tab.

   4.2.1 Sorting
   To sort a range of cells, you select a cell in
   the column to be used as the sorting criteri-
   on, and click on the Sort Ascending or
   Descending button in the Sort and Filter
   Block. Alternatively, you can right-click on
   the cell and use the Sort menu to choose
                                                  Sort Options
   the desired sorting operation. The
   Alternative Menu offers more sorting options, like sorting based
   on cell colour, font colour, and cell icon (allotted by Conditional
   Formatting using Icon Sets).

      Since the above allows only one sorting key column, if more
   complex sorting rules are to be applied, you can use the Sort button
   in the Sort and Filter block. This opens a window that allows
   multiple levels of sorting. By default, one level is already presented,
   and more can be added by using the Add Level button. Under the
   possible Sort Key criteria, you’ll see that Cell Colour, Font Colour,
   and Cell Icons can also be used. Under the Order drop-down, you can
   specify the sort order.

      The sequence of the sorting levels is important. Controls to
   change the sequence are also available in the same window. While
   there exist quick access button to sort columns with a single click,


                                                              FAST TRACK     73
ORGANISING AND
     IV     INTERPRETING DATA                                      EXCEL 2007



      sorting rows is not as
      easy. In the Sort Window
      obtained as mentioned
      earlier, click on the
      Options button. Here,
      set the Orientation to Custom Lists in Excel
      “From Left To Right”. By
      default, text sorting is not case sensitive; this behaviour, too, can be
      changed from the Options window.

          A Custom List allows you to sort data in certain hierarchical
      order not already recognised by Excel. You’ll realise the importance
      of this when you’re sorting a column containing the names of the
      months. Normal sorting in ascending order would result in the
      names being arranged alphabetically with April ending on top. If
      you want to sort the names in ascending chronological order, which
      would end with January at the top, Excel needs to be informed
      about the hierarchy to be observed. The Custom List fulfils this
      purpose. Thoughtfully, Excel already has custom lists of the names
      of months and weekdays. This allows the columns containing either
      of this type of data to be sorted chronologically, besides
      alphabetically. If needed, you can also create a custom list. To use
      the Custom List as the sort key, this needs to be selected in the Sort
      Order field.




      Sort options in the Header Row


          Sorting options are also available on formatting a range of cells
      as a table. On the creation of a table, the Header Row cells will
      contain data controls offering Sorting and Filtering Options similar
      to those discussed earlier.


74        FAST TRACK
ORGANISING AND
EXCEL 2007                                   INTERPRETING DATA      IV


   4.2.2 Filtering
   When you use filtering, you
   limit the visibility of a table’s
   contents to only those entries
   that match the criteria specified
   in the filter. To perform a
   Filtering operation on a range of
   cells, select any cell in that range
   and click on the Filter button.
   This will cause the first row of
   the range to be converted into a
   header row with each cell con- Filter by Number Options
   taining a drop-down menu
   that shows the filtering
   options. The drop-down con-
   tains a few inbuilt filters
   that can discriminate
   between numbers and
   colours of the cells.
                                 Filter by Colour Options

      The Number Filters link already offers a few filter criteria like
   Above, Below, Greater Than, etc. Selecting any of these will open up
   a window to choose the threshold value. This window can also be
   used to create a Custom Filter, and you can also use wildcard
   characters like “?” and “*”. You can also create a compound criterion
   by adding the AND/OR clause and adding another condition. The
   Above Average and Below Average filters simply calculates the
   average for the column, and displays only those which fulfil the
   corresponding condition.

        You clear Filters by clicking on the Clear button in the Sort and
   Filter Block. The Advanced button allows creating more complex
   filter conditions than those already mentioned. Conditions that can
   be used under Advanced filtering can include simple mathematical
   operations, wildcards, and even functions supported by Excel.

       Before using Advanced filtering, a little preparation is needed.


                                                             FAST TRACK     75
ORGANISING AND
     IV     INTERPRETING DATA                                   EXCEL 2007



      To be able to use this
      feature meaningfully, all
      columns in the range
      should have a Heading. The
                                     The AND option in Advanced Filtering
      heading of the columns
      that will be used as the
      condition has to be copied to another place, to be used as the
      Criteria Range. To specify a condition, the following rules apply:

          A condition has to be a formula. Since simply entering a formula
      will cause Excel to execute it, the Formula must be circumscribed
      with quotes and prefixed with an equals sign (=). For example, to
      check for cells with a value greater than 10, the Criteria cell will
      contain the value

           =“>10”

          To specify a compound
      condition with an AND, you
      use the same row. To specify
      a compound condition with
      an OR, you use a different
      row. For example, to filter Advanced Filtering OR option
      cells under the title Cash
      whose values are between 50 and 60, you create a Criteria Range
      with two columns having “Cash” as title, and insert =”>50” and
      =”<60” as values in the same row. To filter values less than 50 or
      greater than 60, you use the formulas =”<50” and =”>60” in the
      same column, in different rows. You can also create conditions for
      all columns simultaneously.

      4.2.3 Performing operations on Filtered Lists
      Since entries in a filtered list are just hidden—they’re not deleted—
      values of the hidden cells are also considered while performing
      operations or using functions on the range. To get around this prob-
      lem, under the Find and Select button in the Editing block under the
      Home Tab, use the Go To Special link and enable “Visible Cells Only”.


76        FAST TRACK
ORGANISING AND
EXCEL 2007                                  INTERPRETING DATA      IV

4.3 Organising Data Into Levels

   Large spreadsheets can be
   cumbersome,            partly
   because of the scrolling
   involved to get to the
   desired location. Excel has
   tools to Go To a particular
   cell quickly, and allows
   freezing windows so it is
   possible to keep sight of
   important figures while
                                  The “Go To Special” options
   scrolling to a different loca-
   tion. Adding to these features that ease the management of large
   spreadsheets is the concept of Levels. You can see how useful this
   feature is by comparing it to the tree listing of Folders in the
   Windows Explorer Folder Pane: you can expand the listing of the
   drives in the system to reveal the top levels folder in the drive.
   Those Folders, which in turn contain other folders, have a “+” next
   to their folder icon. Clicking on the “+” will cause the node to
   expand to reveal the folders under it. This continues until the “+”
   mark in the node is replaced with a “-”, which signifies that there
   are no further nested folders in that node. Clicking on the “-” caus-
   es the node to roll up the listing of folders under it.

       To make a large block of data manageable, Excel allows you to
   select cell ranges in it and mark them as groups. Groups are like
   folders in the Windows Explorer tree listing; they can be expanded
   or collapsed with a single click. Remember that the cells forming
   a Group need not meet any criteria, and need not share a common
   feature.

      Groups can be created horizontally or vertically. If you’re
   doing Vertical Grouping, a scenario similar to the Windows
   Explorer Folder Pane is created, with a pane appearing on the left
   margin containing the “+” and “-” controls. If you’re doing
   Horizontal Grouping, a pane appears on the top and the nodes


                                                            FAST TRACK     77
ORGANISING AND
     IV     INTERPRETING DATA                                    EXCEL 2007



      and the expanding and collapsing occur horizontally. You can
      also nest groups of cells as well, which is where the term “Level”
      becomes relevant. A nested groups of cells can only be accessed if
      the group encompassing it is expanded, just as in the case in
      Windows Explorer where the folders inside another can only be
      seen if the latter is expanded. The level denotes the order of
      nesting of the group.

          To create Groups and Levels, you have the tools under the
      Outline Block in the Data tab. To create a group, select the range of
      cells and click on Group. You can then choose whether the group is
      to be created row-wise or column-wise. Depending on whether the
      grouping was done row-wise or column-wise, a set of controls
      appear on the left margin or the top margin of the spreadsheet. A
      set of buttons labelled 1 and 2 appears at one end—either the top of
      the left margin or the left end of the top margin. This set of buttons
      shows the levels of nested groups in the spreadsheet, and allows
      quick access to any specific level.

         Excel supports up to eight levels of grouping, so the number of
      controls can go up to nine. Besides the buttons, the “+” and “-”
      controls, as in the Windows Explorer Folder Pane, also appear in the
      same area. The significance and use of the “plus” and “minus”
      controls are similar to those of their counterparts in Windows
      Explorer.

          When you click on the
      Control with the largest
      number, you’ll reveal the
      ungrouped spreadsheet. As
      you click lower-number
      Controls, the nodes of those
      levels are expanded.

          Many groups can be
      created in the same level,
                                    Group controls
      and you’d do well to create a


78        FAST TRACK
ORGANISING AND
EXCEL 2007                                  INTERPRETING DATA      IV


   new group when all existing groups are collapsed or when the
   lowest-level button is active. If two groups overlap, the common
   cells in both groups are grouped at the next higher level.

       The hidden cells, when the nodes are collapsed, are not
   available for use in any formula, and charts prepared from the
   visible items will change to reflect the changes in the visibility of
   the source range.

       The Ungroup button in the same block can ungroup a cell range.
   To remove all groups in the spreadsheet, select one cell and use the
   Clear Outline option. Auto Outline automates the process of
   creating levels, and is used with the Subtotal feature to Summarise
   data, as discussed next.

4.4 Summarising Data

   Grouping large blocks of data facilitates the handling of large
   spreadsheets by reducing the scrolling required. But this in no way
   offers any information regarding the contents of the spreadsheet.
   Summarising is an important process used to convey the impor-
   tant points pertaining to a large block of data.

       Summarisation usually involves collating the important or
   interesting bits of information about a large block of data.
   Information like Total, Maximum, Average, Number of Records
   etc, are part of any summary report. Excel offers the Subtotal
   tool to accomplish summarisation of a large block of data. The
   name is a misnomer, since the same tool can be used to generate
   other summary information like Average, Maximum, Number of
   records, etc. As part of the summarisation process, Excel creates
   Summary Rows to report the statistics of a group of similar entries.
   An overall summary for all the groups is also added. When
   combined with Excel’s ability to create levels of groups, you can
   easily manage and summarise large blocks of data.



                                                            FAST TRACK     79
ORGANISING AND
     IV     INTERPRETING DATA                                   EXCEL 2007



          Before a range of cells can be summarised, it should have proper
      column headers. It also needs to be sorted on all columns that will
      form the summary group. For example, to create a product-wise,
      monthly summary of the sales performance of the salesmen in an
      organisation, the data should not only be sorted on the name of the
      salesman, but also on the month and product name. In this case,
      what you need is a multi-level sort.

          The Tools to summarise data are available under the Outline
      block under the Data Tab. After the sorting is complete, you select a
      cell in the range and click on the Subtotal Button. This will open a
      window listing the various summarising options. The column
      whose value is to be used as the key needs to be identified under the
      “At each Change in” field.

          Besides Sum, other summarising
      operations like Count, Average,
      Maximum, etc. are also provided
      under the Use Function field. The
      columns which need to be given a
      subtotal row can also be selected. You
      can also choose whether to display
      the summary data below or above the
      data. The result of performing a
      Subtotal routine is that a row is
      inserted, at every change in the value
      in the Summary column, which will
                                             Summarise options
      carry the results of the chosen
      summary operation. A final grand total row is inserted at the end
      of the cell range carrying the summary figures for the entire range.

          When the Subtotal process is complete, the Group controls
      make an appearance on the Left Margin. The use and significance of
      these controls have already been described in the previous section.
      If the Group controls are not needed, the Clear Outline link under
      the Ungroup button can be used. To re-apply the controls, use the
      Auto Outline option under the Group button.


80        FAST TRACK
ORGANISING AND
EXCEL 2007                                   INTERPRETING DATA       IV


      The grouping added by the Subtotal Routine is based on the
   number of sort levels used. In our example of the performance of
   the salesmen in an organisation, the result of a Summarising
   operation will have a three-level grouping, with the product group
   nested in the monthly group nested in the Salesmen group.

4.5 Using Indexed Data

   A spreadsheet can be indexed, or sorted, by using any of the
   columns as the sort key. After a spreadsheet has been indexed, it
   becomes easier to look up information in it. While this would be
   easy in case of small spreadsheets, large spreadsheets would
   require a lot of scrolling or repeated use of the Find and Select
   tool. Excel packs in two functions that automate the index lookup
   process.

   4.5.1 The VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP Functions
   VLOOKUP is a function
   that looks up a user-speci-
   fied value in the first col-
   umn of a cell range, and
   returns the value of any cell in the same row. For example, if the
   details of the students of a class is stored in a table, with the table
   being sorted on the Students’ Roll Number, and the other columns
   being Name, Age, Address, VLOOKUP can be used to return the
   Address of a student by providing his Roll Number.

       The syntax of VLOOKUP is

       VLOOKUP(Value to Lookup, Cell Range, Column Offset of cell to
   be returned, Type of lookup toggle).

       The “Value to Lookup” can be Text, Number, or a Logical result.

      The “Cell Range” is the reference to the range that has the
   column containing the value to be looked up as the first column.


                                                              FAST TRACK     81
ORGANISING AND
     IV     INTERPRETING DATA                                   EXCEL 2007



          The “Column Offset” is the position of the column, counting
      from the left, from which the cell value is to be returned. So to
      return the value from the second column of the range, the Column
      Offset will be 2.

          By default, VLOOKUP looks up an approximate value if an exact
      value is not found. For example, if the value being looked up is 300,
      in the absence of 300 the nearest value is looked up and the cell
      value in the offset column is returned. If only the exact value is to
      be returned, the default behaviour can be curtailed by specifying
      FALSE in the Type of Lookup Toggle field. In this case, if an exact
      match is not found, the “#NA” error is displayed. Since this field is
      optional, entering TRUE, or leaving this field empty, will result in
      the default behaviour.

          Before VLOOKUP is used in its default mode, the cell range needs
      to be sorted in ascending order of the sort key column. If only exact
      matches are to be looked up, the sorting is not needed.

         HLOOKUP is similar to VLOOKUP, the difference being that
      HLOOKUP looks up data in the first row of a cell range. The HLOOKUP
      Function has a similar syntax, with Column offset being replaced
      with Row Offset. (In case it isn’t obvious, the V and H in VLOOKUP
      and HLOOKUP stand for Vertical and Horizontal respectively.)




82        FAST TRACK
Pivot Tables




T
       he PivotTable is one of Excel’s most powerful tools. It helps
       you drill down deep into numerical data and see unantici-
       pated scenarios, with which you can make better-informed
decisions. It helps you summarise and analyse data, see compar-
isons, patterns, and trends both in tabular form as well as in
PivotChart reports. This chapter will show you how to get the best
out of PivotTables.
V       PIVOT TABLES
                                                                     EXCEL 2007


     5.1. Creating And Using PivotTables

          To create a PivotTable, you need to have your data source ready first.
          This could be an Excel Table, a range of cells that contain the data
          you require, or an external data source like an Access database.

              Click anywhere inside your source data, select the Insert tab,
          click the PivotTable button, and select either PivotTable or
          PivotChart. If you select PivotChart, it will create a chart based
          on your data elements selection (see later in this section for
          more on data element selection). However, it is better to create
          your PivotTable before delving into charts—this will give a better
          idea of how your data looks, and you can fine-tune your data
          view before making the charts. The chart option is useful when
          you are ready with your data and you are certain about how
          your PivotTable should be and all you need to do is quickly make
          your chart.

              In the Create PivotTable Wizard’s pop-up window, the range
          will get automatically selected, and the radio button “Select a table
          or range” will be highlighted. You can change the range by clicking
          back on the worksheet and selecting a new area, or by manually
          entering the cell references. You can also take a reference from a
          different worksheet or workbook. If your source data is in a differ-
          ent worksheet, switch to that worksheet and select the range there.
          However, you typically will not need to do this as you can just
          switch to the source data worksheet and run the PivotTable
          Wizard, which will prompt you to create a new worksheet. If you
          want your PivotTable in a different workbook, open that workbook
          as well as your source data workbook first. Run the PivotTable
          Wizard in your target workbook (the workbook where the
          PivotTable will be created), click inside the “Table/Range:” field,
          and switch to the workbook with the data and select the range.

              You can also specify a name for the source data range, or con-
          vert it into an Excel table and use the table name. Using tables can
          be very useful when your source data keeps changing. As data gets


84         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                 PIVOT TABLES      V


   added or deleted from the table you need not change the cell ref-
   erence range in your PivotTable, something you’d have to do if you
   specified just a cell range or used a name for the range. Because
   you are using a table name, Excel will automatically include or
   exclude any data rows added or deleted from the Excel Table. See
   Chapter 3 to learn about Excel Tables.

       In the below example, the sales for October 2006 is an Excel
   Table with the name “Sales_Oct06”. This makes it easy to keep
   track of the data when any additions or deletions need to be done.




    Creating a PivotTable


       You also have the choice of choosing another data source by
   clicking on “Use an external data source” radio button. External
   data can come from many sources including text files, from
   databases like Access and SQL Server, from Web sites, and many
   more. If your data is not in Excel, you can import the data
   using the connection tools in the Get External Data group on
   the Data tab.

       Finally, you can have the PivotTable on the same worksheet or on
   a new worksheet. Select “New Worksheet” and click Next or “Existing
   Worksheet”, specify a location, and click OK. An empty PivotTable
   report is added to the location you specified.


                                                           FAST TRACK     85
V     PIVOT TABLES
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



          Once the blank
     PivotTable report is
     ready, you can cus-
     tomise it to show
     the data as you like
     it. In the PivotTable
     Report page, on the
     left you will see a
     pane with five win-
     dows. This is the
     PivotTable      Field
     List. The first win- Creating a Pivot Report
     dow shows all the
     fields (or data elements) that can be added to the report. These can
     be dragged and dropped into the four windows beneath.

         The “Report Filter” window
     allows you to narrow down the
     report using specific criteria.
     The “Column Labels” window
     specify what data will be dis-
     played in the columns. The
     “Row Labels” window specifies
     what rows will be displayed in
     the rows. The Values window
     tells you which values will be
     shown in the various fields.
                                       The layout of a PivotTable Report
     Each of these windows corre-
     sponds to certain parts of the PivotTable report.

         You can select the “Defer Layout Update” checkbox to prevent
     the changes from being shown instantly. This may be useful when
     you want to focus on designing your layout and don’t want to be
     distracted with till you’ve organised all the data elements and for-
     mulas as you wish to see them. Once you’ve done that, you can
     click “Update” to show the changes.



86       FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                 PIVOT TABLES     V


      Drag and drop the columns from the main upper window
   into any of the four windows. As long as you keep the layout of
   the PivotTable report in mind, you will be able to logically decide
   on what needs to go where. You can experiment with different
   ways of viewing the data by moving the columns around and
   watching the data change dynamically. This way you will come
   across different ways in which the data can be viewed. Some will
   be ways you’ve never thought of before, or wondered about with-
   out an idea on how to extract the information from your raw
   data. Some selections will turn out to be meaningless, but you
   can create powerful and well-designed reports when you use the
   correct data elements in their correct places and apply the most
   appropriate formula.

5.2. Analysing Data With PivotTables




    Selecting data fields


   Explaining how to analyse data using PivotTables is best done with
   the use of an example. Note, however, that this explanation will be
   limited, and is more to give you an understanding of the depth
   and complexity in data analysis that you can achieve with
   PivotTables.


                                                          FAST TRACK     87
V      PIVOT TABLES
                                                                 EXCEL 2007



            In our example, we have used the sales data for a Web hosting
         company’s sales for October 2006 for their three departments: Web
         Design Sales, Web Hosting Sales, and Bandwidth Sales.

             We can create a simple PivotTable report by clicking on the
         fields: Customer ID, Web Design Sales, Web Hosting Sales, and
         Bandwidth Sales. Excel will automatically make the following
         selections: Customer ID will be moved to the Row Labels, the Sum
         of Sales for the three departments will be shown in the Values
         area, with Values as the corresponding Column Labels. The result
         will be as in the figure below.

             The report now shows the total sales for each customer for
         each department. You can change the Row labels to show sales by
         date by dragging the Date field to the Row Labels window. This
         will then show the data in a nested manner depending on which
         data element is first. If the Date filed is below the Customer ID
         field then you can see the sales for each customer by their respec-
         tive dates.

             You can then collapse or expand the nesting by clicking on the
         “+” button next to each Customer ID. Nesting is a powerful func-
         tion that enables you to combine two data fields in one view and




         Nested Data

88        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                 PIVOT TABLES      V


   will help you analyse the data both at the summary and detail
   level with the single click of a button.

       If you move the Customer ID to the Report Filter area, you will
   now see the sales by date. By default, Excel will select all the
   Customer IDs for display—denoted by “(All)” in the filter field. You
   can then narrow the selection and choose to see the sales data for
   a limited set of customers—a minimum of one.

       You can select on the “All” checkbox to show all the customers
   or select one or more Customer IDs from the list. Make sure that
   the “Select Multiple items” checkbox is ticked before selecting
   more than one customer. Report filters help you narrow down
   data based on criteria you specify. You also click on the drop down
   arrow on the Row Labels heading and get access to additional row
   level filtering options. Using this option you can select multiple
   filtering criteria to narrow down your selection.

       Any of the data fields in the four window areas (Report Filter,
   Column Labels, Row Labels and Values) can be further manipulated
   by simply click on the data field and selecting an option from the
   menu which pops up. The first three sets of options enable you to




    Using Report Filters


                                                           FAST TRACK     89
V       PIVOT TABLES
                                                                           EXCEL 2007



         move the data fields around, in
         between the other windows or
         remove them. The Value Field
         Settings option allows you to further
         customise how the data should look.
         Value Field Settings help you control
         how the data should summarized and
         how the values should be shown. The
         “Summarize by” tab allows you to
         choose from various options on how
         the data should be summarised. The
         “Show vales as” tab enables you to fur-
         ther apply rules on how the              Selecting Value Field Settings
         data should be calculated and
         displayed. For example, you
         may show the sales of the
         three departments as a per-
         centage of the total sales of
         each department. In this case
         you would select “Sum” in the
         “Summarize by” tab and “% of
         total” in the “Show values by”
         tab. You may then apply addi-
         tional filters to narrow down
                                         Value Field Settings
         your selection and view your
         data as you please. For
         example, the figure
         below shows the sales
         as a percentage of total
         sales for web design in
         descending order.

                                    Refining data using value field settings
            By right-clicking
         on any of the fields in the Row Labels column, you get quick access
         to some filter options with which you can sort, filter, group,
         ungroup, or move the data.



90        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                   PIVOT TABLES      V


       If the built-in func-
   tions and calculations
   do not provide you
   with the results you
   want, you can use
   your own formulas to
   calculate the results Row Label Quick Access Filter Options
   required. You can
   either create a formula
   that will calculate the
   results     for     a   field
   (Calculated Field) or for
   one more item in the field
   (Calculated Item).

       To create a formula
   based on the Calculated Using Calculated Fields
   Field click on Options and
   in the Tools group select
   Calculated Field from the
   drop-down       of     the
   Formulas button.

       In this example, we
   have created a new Field
   called Field2, where the
   total of Web design and Using Calculated Items
   Hosting is shown. To create
   a formula based on a Calculated item, click on Options and in the
   “Group” section, click on Ungroup and click on the field where
   you want to add the calculated item. Then click on the Tools sec-
   tion and select Calculate Item. Depending on which cell you have
   selected in the PivotTable, the Calculate Item field maybe enabled
   or disabled. If it is disabled, Excel will not be able to perform item
   level calculation on that field.

       In this example, we have inserted a row into the PivotTable


                                                             FAST TRACK     91
V       PIVOT TABLES
                                                                     EXCEL 2007



          Report that shows the total count of the Customer ID A15 for sales
          from the three departments.

              Finally, you can get a quick view of all the formulas in your
          PivotTable by clicking the List of Formulas option in the Formulas
          button in the Tools group. Advanced users can also get more fine-
          grained control by specifying the order in which you want the for-
          mula to be solved by using the Solve Order option in the same
          Formulas button drop-down.

     5.3. Editing And Formatting PivotTables

          You cannot directly edit the cells in a PivotTable, but you can
          change the values in the source data, refine the formulas, and
          rearrange the data using the Report Filters, Column Labels, etc.
          Once you’ve made the changes, you can refresh the PivotTable by
          right-clicking and selecting Refresh to get the revised data.

              Once you have the data and all the elements you require, you
          can format your PivotTable to make it look attractive and enhance
          its readability. Using charts is one way to present the data in a
          visual form that is easily accessible to the users. To create a chart,
          click on the PivotChart button under the Options tab. Choose the
          chart type and click OK. You can use the PivotChart Filter Pane to
          adjust the look and feel of your graph.

              Other than PivotChart, you can apply different kinds of for-
          matting to the PivotTable itself that will improve its look and feel
          in print or other reports.

              One option is to manually format the PivotTable, an indi-
          vidual cell or a cell range in the table using the Format cells
          option when you right click. This option will enable you to con-
          trol the formatting exactly as you want it. Note, however, that
          the Merge Cells option in the Alignment tab will not work in a
          PivotTable report.


92         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                PIVOT TABLES     V


       There are three basic formats to present the PivotTable report
   in: Compact, Tabular, and Outline. Click on the Report Layout but-
   ton in the Layout group on the Design Tab to choose which format
   you want it to be in.

       The Compact format minimises the data to show it in one
   screen as far as possible. The Outline format is the classic
   PivotTable format, and the Tabular format presents the data in a
   table format to make it easy to copy it from one sheet to another.

       In the PivotTables Styles group you can select pre-formatted
   colour templates that make it easier and simpler to quickly choose
   a colour template. Click on the down arrow button to choose from
   a variety of style and colour combinations. You may choose one
   you like and then manually change the formatting for any partic-
   ular elements that you want to have a different look. In the
   PivotTables Styles Options group, you can further control how the
   formatting should appear. For example, after selecting your colour
   template, you can specify that you should have alternate colour
   bands in rows (Banded Rows). You can further format your
   PivotTable in the Layout & Formatting tab in the PivotTable
   Options window under the PivotTable group in the Options tab.
   Similarly, you get further formatting options under the Field
   Settings option in the Active Fields group.

       You can also use a conditional formatting option to get the




    Formatting Using the Design group tool

                                                         FAST TRACK     93
V       PIVOT TABLES
                                                                    EXCEL 2007



          most out of your data. This is espe-
          cially useful when you want to high-
          light exceptions in the data that may
          otherwise not be quickly visible. To
          quickly apply conditional format-
          ting, switch to the Home tab after
          selecting your range of cells. Select
          the Styles group and use the options
          in the Conditional Formatting but-
                                                Layout & Formatting in
          ton. These options allow you to spec- PivotTable Options
          ify rules on how the data within the
          selected range should be highlighted.




          Using Conditional Formatting



     5.4. Creating PivotTables From External Data

          To connect to an external data source—which could be an OLAP
          (Online Analytical Processing) server, text files, Access database or
          any other valid source of data—you can use the Workbook
          Connections dialog box. Note that with the new security features
          access to external data sources may be disabled in Excel 2007. You
          will need to enable them from the Microsoft Office Trust Center in
          Excel Options under the Office Button.


94         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                    PIVOT TABLES     V


       To access the
   W o r k b o o k
   Connections dia-
   log box click on
   the Connections
   button under the
   Connections
   group in the Data
   tab. Click on the
   Add button and
   you will see a list
   of existing con-
   nections that you Get External Data from existing connections
   can use.

      If this is the first time you are connecting to the external data
   source, then depending on the source you are connecting to, you
   can use one of the options in the Get External Data group in the
   Data tab.




    Get data from complex systems


       Clicking on Existing Connections will open a dialog box which
   is the same as the one you get when clicking on the Add button in
   the Workbook Connections dialog box.

      You can click on the Other Sources button if you want to get
   access to data from SQL Server, Analytical Services, and XML. You
   can also use the Data Connection Wizard and Microsoft Query to


                                                              FAST TRACK   95
V      PIVOT TABLES
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



         create customised con-
         nections and queries
         to relational database
         systems.

             You     can    also
         import data from text
         files, Access databases
         and even directly from
         the Web. Of these, the
         ability to directly
         import from the web is Import Data from the Web
         a brand new feature.
         Simply click on the From Web button and type the URL of the
         address you wish to use in the dialog box.

             The window will access the Web like a regular browser but
         with a difference: a special yellow arrow highlight will tell you
         what you can import into Excel. Select the sections you want to see
         in Excel by clicking on it. The yellow arrow will change to a green
         tick-mark. Once you are satisfied with your selection, click Import.
         Excel will ask you where you want to put the data. Choose the
         required location and click OK. The import function may not how-
         ever work uniformly with all sites—especially sites where data is
         being dynamically generated from a database every time you
         access it. You can also specify additional conditions like back-
         ground refresh where the data will be kept synchronized with the
         website. This of course, assumes that you have an always-on
         Internet connection.




96        FAST TRACK
Charts




I n Excel, graphical representation of data series is done using
  charts. Charts have always been an integral part of spreadsheets.
Over time, charts generated by spreadsheet programs have
improved in terms of visual appeal.
VI      CHARTS
                                                                EXCEL 2007



           Trends and patterns in data can be observed from charts,
       trends which might go unnoticed from numbers in a worksheet.
       For instance, if you have a table with two or more data series, you
       can use charts to quickly draw inferences from it. If used wisely,
       charts can give a comprehensive overview of worksheet data.

     6.1 The Chart Group
       The Chart group consists of over all eleven types of charts, each




          The Chart group in Excel 2007


       with its sub-types. To view the Chart group, click on the Insert tab
       or press [Alt] + [N].

           Charts and worksheets go hand in hand with spreadsheets
       when looking for trends or patterns in your data. Choosing the
       right chart is completely dependant upon the type of data in your
       worksheet. You can use a particular set of numerical data to check
       out all the chart types, most commonly, worksheets that have two
       data series. Worksheets with more than two data series cannot be
       used with all chart types.

           Excel gives you a number of options to manipulate your chart
       for optimum representation of your data. Unfortunately, no new
       chart types or features have been added in the step up to Excel
       2007 from 2003.

     6.2 Types Of Charts

       Records of daily expenses, the inventory of a storehouse, sales fig-
       ures, estimated expenses on construction, the records of marks in
       examinations, etc., can be used to make charts.


98        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                          CHARTS     VI


       The choice of the appro-
   priate chart type depends
   upon how you want the
   data to be represented. If
   you can’t figure out what
   chart type best represents
   your data, try out all the
   charts on offer in Excel
   2007.                        The types of charts in Excel 2007



   6.2.1 The Column chart
   A Column chart is the most popular type,
   and the emphasis is on data that shows
   time variation.

       To view the gallery of Column charts,
   go to Insert > Column, and the gallery
   will drop down. There are five sub-types
   of charts, namely 2-D column, 3-D col-
   umn, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.

       A data series can be represented with
   differently-coloured columns. Also, data
   series can be stacked upon corresponding
   data points for relative representation of
   two or more data series. This could be used
   to compare sales of two product substitutes The types of Column charts
   in a specific period.

   6.2.2 The Line chart
   For continuous plotting of data series and viewing trends, Line
   charts are very popular and widely used. Usually, equal intervals
   are displayed over the category axis, where more emphasis lies on
   trends portraying relative importance to values. Under this are
   seven sub-types, divided into 2D and 3D.



                                                              FAST TRACK    99
VI     CHARTS
                                                                     EXCEL 2007



           Within 3D, there is only one sub-type
       that uses data series with 3D effects. But
       this sub-type does not display it very well.
       2D has six sub-types listed under the
       menus, which are further sub-listed into
       “With Markers” and “Without Markers”.

           Of these, the latter displays trends over
       time, or other categories, while the former
       displays the contribution of each value
       over time or other categories. A third has a
       100% stacked line that displays the trends
       of percentage that each value contributes
       over various categories and time.
                                                       The Line chart options
       6.2.3 The Pie chart
       A Pie Chart is used on one data series to dis-
       play relative proportions or contributions to
       a whole. This type contains six sub-types,
       classified into 2D and 3D.

           In the 2D sub-type, the first is like a nor-
       mal pie, displaying the contribution of each
       value; the second is an exploded pie with
       the pieces apart. Then there is a small pie
       made from a larger pie chart, and a bar
       graph representation of a pie chart contain-
       ing details of each slice. 3D has two sub-
       types; one has all the data series held togeth-
       er, while the other has an exploded pie with The Pie chart options
       data values in shape of slices.

          Emphasis can be placed on a particular slice of the chart by
       using different colours, broad patterns, or by labelling them.
       Remember, in a pie chart, only positive values are allowed—using
       negative values will just convert them to positive integers.



100        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                          CHARTS   VI


   6.2.4 The Bar chart
   Bar charts have fewer sub-types than Column
   charts, with five categories: 2D bar, 3D bar, cylin-
   der, cone, and pyramid. Each sub-type has three
   different ways of being represented: bars of differ-
   ent values adjacent to each other, data values
   stacked over each other, or data values stacked
   over each other with a 100% stacked bar.

   6.2.5 The Area chart
   Area charts are similar to line charts, but the area
   between the lines is filled in with separate colours.
   In this type of chart, the emphasis is more on the Bar graphs
   magnitude of values and less on changes over
   time.

       Area charts has two categories: 2D and 3D
   display. In the 2D type, you will find three sub-
   types: data values plotted with area fill,
   stacked area fill, and data values plotted on a
   100% stacked area.

   6.2.6 Scatter Chart
   Scatter charts are best suited for showing the Area charts
   correlation between data values that might
   not be easily observed. For example, for data series
   like expenditure, sales, insurance, etc., this type of
   chart is an apt choice.

      Both the axes on the chart have numeric values
   and a legend field. The five sub-types can be used to
   display correlation using the different variations.

     The sub-types of the Scatter chart are Markers,
   Smooth Lines & Markers, Straight Lines & Markers,
                                                     Scatter charts
   Smooth Lines, and Straight Lines.



                                                            FAST TRACK   101
VI     CHARTS
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



       6.2.7 Other charts
       Apart from the six chart types mentioned, you will find the Other
       Charts option. This has five chart types listed under it. One of the
       reasons for listing them separately is their specific use over only
       certain types of data.

       6.2.7.1 The Stock chart
       As the name suggests, this
       type of chart is a best fit to
       deal with stock market
       data. Between three to five
       data series are required The types of Stock charts
       before you can use this
       chart. Four sub-types are under this type, and each uses different
       values for high price, low prices, closing price, open prices, and
       volume. The sub-types have series of values in a particular order:
       High-low-close (three series), open-high-low-close (four series), vol-
       ume-high-low-close (four series) and volume-open-high-low-close
       (five series). Thus, two sub-types use trade volume and the other
       two use trade value. Also, the sub-type using three series can be
       used for displaying other data, for example, temperature: high-
       low-close.

       6.2.7.2 The Surface chart
       Surface Charts display two
       or more data series across
       two dimensions on a con-
       tinuous surface like a
       curve, with colour distinc- The types of Surface charts
       tions between each series.
       Four sub-types are listed. However, 3D points are not plotted, and
       such charts are used for data that contains more than two numer-
       ic data series.

       6.2.7.3 The Doughnut chart
       The Doughnut is similar to a Pie chart, but data is displayed in the
       form of a doughnut. The advantage is, it can display more than


102        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                          CHARTS     VI


   one data series. Also, the space
   between the charts can be used
   to fill in information about the
   chart. Of the two types avail-
   able, one is a regular dough- Doughnut charts
   nut, while the other is an
   exploded depiction.

   6.2.7.4 The Bubble chart
   This is similar to an XY chart,
   where sets of three values of
   data are displayed with differ-
   ently-sized bubbles plotted like
   a scattered chart and an area Bubble charts
   chart. The drawback of this
   type of chart is, if there is a lot of data, the bubbles might overlap.
   Two sub-types are available, basically letting you display the bub-
   bles as 2D or 3D.

   6.2.7.5 Radar chart
   For      relative    comparison
   among items, the Radar Chart
   is a good option. Using a radar
   chart, changes in data can be
   shown by relative mapping of Radar charts
   data on the axis from a centre
   point. The radar chart has three sub-types—Lines, Markers, and
   Fill. The Lines type connects different data series with lines;
   Markers will place dots at corresponding points, and the Fill will
   just fill a colour in the areas covered by each data series.

6.3 Creating And Customising A Chart

   To make a chart, follow these steps.
   1. After feeding the data into the worksheet, select the range of
      data you wish to chart. Go to Insert, and you will see the Charts


                                                              FAST TRACK     103
VI     CHARTS
                                                                    EXCEL 2007



           group. Here, select the type of chart you want to create. Then
           choose the sub-type and the style.

        2. Next, make sure that the data range you want to plot is charted
           along the appropriate axis. You can change the data range on
           either axis—vertical (X-axis) or horizontal (Y-axis). To perform
           this function, select either vertical axis or horizontal axis on the
           chart area. To perform this function, select Chart from the
           Design tab; in the Data Group, click on Select Data to display the
           Select Data Source dialog box and right-click to choose the
           Select Data option. Select Data Source. A dialog box will pop up.

        3. If you wish, you can switch the view of the data to be charted
           from Rows to Columns of the worksheet at the Select Data
           Source dialog box. If you’ve know your formulas, you can man-
           ually feed the data range in the Chart Data Range box. Click OK
           to see the new chart.

        4. You can now name the Chart Titles, and the data sets on the X,
           Y, and Z axes. The axes can be further customised.

        5. From the Gridlines option, add/remove Gridlines across all axes.

        6. Place a legend at the top, bottom, corner, or left or right side of
           the chart.

        7. For Data Labels, see §6.5.

        8. If you want to show the Data Table on the chart, select the Data
           Table checkbox.

      6.4 Formatting Chart Elements

        Once you’ve made your chart, you can begin formatting the ele-
        ments: Either use the Format tab located under the Chart Tools tab,
        or you can select a Chart element, right-click, and select Format.


104        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                               CHARTS    VI


       To change the appearance, select the Design Tab and view the
   Gallery of Chart Styles. The other tab groups under the Design Tab
   are Type, Data, Chart Layout, and Location.

       In the Format menu, you will get the tab groups as Current
   Selection, Shape Styles, WordArt Styles, Arrange, and Size. On the
   Layout Tab, the tab groups available are Current Selection, Insert
   (pictures, shapes, and text box), Labels, Axes, Background,
   Analysis, and Properties.

   1. Current Selection
   Choose the Format Selection Button in the Current Selection Tab
   group to customise an element. To reset all the customisations
   you’ve made, use the Reset to Match Style option.

   2. Shape Styles
   Under this tab, you get a variety of options to customise the Shape




    The tab groups under the Design Tab of Chart Tools




    Tab groups for formatting under the Format Tab




    The tab groups for changing the layout, under the Layout Tab


   Styles of the Chart Title. You can change the shape styles by click-
   ing on the More button (the little down arrow), change the fill and
   outline, and select various shape effects.


                                                                   FAST TRACK   105
VI     CHARTS
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



       3. WordArt Styles
       For text formatting, choose the appropriate buttons from the
       WordArt Styles options. You can choose the Shape Styles More to
       select colour, Shape Fill to fill colour in the box, Shape Outline for
       a new outline colour, and Shape Effects to add effects to the Text
       to the Chart Title.

       4. Arrange
       Using this tab group, you can arrange your selected objects locat-
       ed on the Chart. It has three options—Selection Pane, Send to back,
       and Bring to front. Choose the Selection Pane option and it will
       appear to the left of the worksheet if you want to view the select-
       ed objects and change their order and visibility. Also, you can
       bring the selected object to front or send it to the back by using
       the Bring to Front and Send to Back options.

       5. Size and Properties
       Using the Size tab group, you can specify the size and positioning
       of the object and specify alternative text. The height and width of
       the chart can set using the options listed. Alternative text can be
       added if required.

       6.4.1 Formatting Elements
       To format almost anything in a chart, just select it, right-click, and
       click Format. A dialog box to Format Chart Area / Chart Titles /
       Legend / Plot Area / etc., will appear with formatting options. Here,
       you can choose to Fill with solid colours or a gradient, change bor-
       der colours, border styles, add shadows, 3D effects, and change
       alignments.

       6.4.2 Formatting Category Axes
       Click to select an axis and then right-click and select “Format
       Axis...”. Here you will be able to modify the intervals between Tick
       marks (each measurement point on the axis), the interval between
       labels, the label distance from the axis, the axis type (data or text),
       Major and Minor tick marks, axis labels, vertical axis crosses and
       the position of the axis.


106        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                            CHARTS       VI

 6.5 Data Labels

   The Data fed in the worksheet and chart con-
   taining labels can be customised. Adding data
   labels gives a better representation to the chart.

       Click on the Chart, then in the Layout tab,
   click on Labels. Here you will find Chart Titles,
   Axis titles, Legend, Data Labels and Data Table.
   Under Data Labels, you can add, customise posi-
   tion, and remove labels. You can also add a data
   series name, category names, and more.            Options to change axes



6.6 Finding Trends In Data

   By now you should be comfort-
   able with creating charts and
   drawing inferences from them.
   You can now proceed to learn
   how to find trends/regression
   from your chart.

       Let’s suppose you have
   records of books bought in the
   last six years (2001-2007), and
   you want to find some trends. The Data Labels options
   The trend obtained can help
   you make better decisions in
   the future when buying books.

      Click on the chart, and go
   to the Layout tab. Under
   Analysis, click on Trendline Chart Area Formatting tools
   and select More Trendline
   Options. The Format Trendline option box will appear. Here, the


                                                                FAST TRACK    107
VI     CHARTS
                                                                   EXCEL 2007



        Trend/Regression Type options are dis-
        played. Select one out of Exponential,
        Linear, Logarithmic, Polynomial,
        Power, and Moving Average. For the
        Polynomial type and the order and
        Moving Average type, the period can
        be customised as required—in our
        case, Linear type. Next you can provide
        the name by clicking Custom in the
        Trendline Name options.

            In the Forecast Area, select either
        Forward or Backward as the display
        period, and then add 2 in the Forecast Trendline options
        area. Click OK, and the trend line will
        be visible on the chart.

      6.7 Creating, Re-arranging, And Formatting
          PivotCharts
        PivotTables are hard to make, and can look like a screen filled with
        boring data. You can jazz it up by creating a PivotChart. Creating
        a PivotChart can be fun if you’ve already made a proper PivotTable.

            Click on Insert, then go to Tables > PivotChart. Select any cell
        in the PivotTable and go to PivotTable Tools > Options > Tools >
        PivotChart. In the Insert Chart dialog box, select a type of Chart
        and click OK. You will now see a PivotChart with the PivotChart
        Filter Pane. Here, you have the following options: Report Filter,
        Axis Fields (Categories), Legend Fields (Series), and Values (Sum
        Total). If you want to add a PivotTable Field List in the worksheet,
        click on the button next to “Active Fields on PivotChart”.

        From the PivotTable Field List, you have three options to customise
        the data series:
        1. Drag-n-drop the data series in the Area Selections box
        2. Check-uncheck the check box of that particular data series, or


108        FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                         CHARTS     VI


   3. Right-click on the data series in the Fields list to add to Report
      Filter, Legend Fields, Axis Fields, or Values.

       To sort the data series listed in the PivotTable Field List, hover
   the cursor over it and you will see a small arrow. Click on this for
   more sorting options. The PivotTable Field List can be customised
   by ticking the different options listed on the top of PivotTable
   Fields List. After you’ve customised the options in the PivotTables
   Field List, right-click on the PivotChart and select Refresh Data.
   You can find the changes you made (if any) in the PivotTable Fields
   List on the PivotChart.

   Re-arranging a PivotChart
   If you want to make life easier, move the PivotChart to the same
   worksheet as the corresponding PivotTable. From the PivotChart
   Tools Tab, click on Design, and select Move. Go to Move Chart >
   New Sheet. Click OK and open the new chart sheet with your
   PivotChart. The drop-down list of the PivotChart Filter options can
   be used to represent data any way you want. Choose one of the two
   drop-down buttons available: Axis Fields filter the categories
   charted along the vertical axis, while Legend Fields filter the data
   series shown in columns, bars or lines in the chart body identified
   by chart legend.

   Formatting a PivotChart
   Although PivotCharts are created from PivotTables, formatting a
   PivotChart is almost identical to the process with a regular chart.
   Just use the Design Tab to select the chart type and the sub-type.
   The Layout of the PivotChart can be customised by changing Chart
   Titles, Text Boxes, and Gridlines. Use Format to change the look of
   the graphics and the background. You might find a few options
   missing while formatting PivotCharts.




                                                             FAST TRACK     109
Macros




M   acros, in general, allow you to automate repetitive tasks. In
    this chapter, we tell you how you can record and play back a
macro, and also go a little bit into how you can use the VBA editor—
which you’ve doubtless heard about—to modify your macros.
VII     MACROS
                                                                   EXCEL 2007


      7.1 An Introduction To Macros

        Macros let you automate a wide range of tasks, ranging from
        things like filling in a range with certain values to importing data
        from other worksheets too. But creating one is simple, even
        though they can be powerful.

        (a) Think of a task you do often—like changing the font in a range
            of cells, or entering some formulas in a range of cells.
        (b) Turn on the macro recorder, and perform that task once.
        (c) Assign a shortcut key to the macro.
        (d) Use the shortcut key to run it thereafter.

            Macros not only help in speeding up the process of the repeti-
        tive task, they’re also a good thing because you’re sure it’ll be done
        the same way every time you run it, eliminating the possibility of
        an error on your part.

           To create a macro, you can either use the macro recorder, or
        you can enter the instructions in the VBA Editor. We’ll come later
        to what the VBA Editor is, but just remember that that method
        requires you to have some programming knowledge. Also, do
        remember that even when you record a macro using the macro
        recorder, the code that is generated is in VBA (Visual Basic for
        Applications). So when you record a macro, you can just go to the
        VBA editor and check what you’ve generated. Here’s about creat-
        ing macros using the macro recorder.

        7.2 Preparing To Record Macros

        Macros that get recorded are stored (as VBA code) in one of three
        places—as part of the workbook you’re using right then, as part of
        a different workbook (which you can specify), or in a globally
        accessible workbook called the Personal Macro Workbook. This
        workbook is called PERSONAL.XLSB, and is in the XLSTART (in
        C:Program FilesMicrosoft OfficeOffice 12) folder.


112         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                           MACROS      VII


       You can probably guess the difference between each of these.
   When the macro is stored in the current workbook or in a differ-
   ent workbook, it’ll only work when that respective workbook is
   open; if it’s stored in the “globally accessible” PERSONAL.XLSB, it’ll
   be accessible from any workbook—which means that whatever
   workbook you open, you can press the shortcut keys and the macro
   will work. This is what you’ll probably be using most often.

      At the point of creation of the macro, you specify its name, and
   what the keyboard shortcut will be. Shortcut keys can be [Ctrl] along
   with a letter (from A through Z), or [Ctrl] + [Shift] along with a letter.
   No other types of names are allowed, such as [Ctrl] + [Alt] + [-].

      The View tab on the Ribbon has a Macros command button,
   upon pressing which a drop-down menu with the following three
   options comes up:




   The Macros menu appears at the end of the View Tab

   ➠ View Macros: This will open the Macro dialog box, where you
     select a macro to run or edit.
   ➠ Record Macro: This will opens the Record Macro dialog box,
     where you define the settings for a new macro and then start
     the macro recorder.
   ➠ Use Relative References: When this is depressed, Excel will, of
     course, use relative references when recording the macro. This is


                                                                FAST TRACK      113
VII     MACROS
                                                                        EXCEL 2007



            important. When, for example, your cursor is in cell A1, and your
            macro consists of typing in “Digit”, there are two possibilities:

        (a) With the “Use Relative References” button not depressed, run-
            ning the macro will produce the text “Digit” in whichever cell
            you are in at the time you run the macro, say H16.
        (b) With the button depressed, the macro will record the relative
            position. So if your cursor was in cell A1 when you began record-
            ing, and you typed in “Digit” in cell A2, then, when you run the
            macro with your cursor in cell H20, you’ll get “Digit” in cell H21.




        Use “Show Developer tab in the Ribbon” from the Office Button, as explained

           If you’re looking for a single button to record macros, you’ll
        need to add the Developer tab to the Ribbon. Simply click Office
        Button > Excel Options, then click “Show Developer Tab in the
        Ribbon” on the Popular tab. Click OK.



114         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                             MACROS      VII

   7.3 Recording And Using Macros

   When you turn on the macro recorder—say from the Developer tab—
   you’ll need to first press Start Recording, and choose whether you
   want to use relative cell references. Then do whatever you need to be
   recorded. For example, you could choose to enter 23, 34, and 35 in a
   range of cells, then sum them up. But before you do this, it’s a good
   idea to give the macro a name more descriptive than “Macro1”. You
   cannot use spaces in the name, and the name must begin with a let-
   ter. Next, you enter the shortcut key, which is pretty intuitive—except
   for the small fact that you shouldn’t overwrite inbuilt functions by,
   say, using [Ctrl] + [V] (paste) as a shortcut. Next, select what location to
   store the macro in, the options for which we’ve already talked about.

       Now for the actual
   task.     Press     “Start
   Recording”, and do what
   you need to be recorded—
   say entering three num-
   bers and summing them,
   or inserting text at a par-
   ticular font size and with
   a certain formatting.
   Click “Stop Recording”
   when you’re done. Your The Record Macro dialog box
   macro should work when
   you next use the shortcut key. You can also view all your macros by
   doing any of the following (and then you can run them):




   Under the Developer tab, you have the Macro options

                                                                  FAST TRACK      115
VII     MACROS
                                                                                EXCEL 2007

        ❍ Click  the View Macros option on the Macros command button
            on the View tab.

        ❍   Click the Macros command button on the Developer tab of the
            Ribbon.

        ❍ Press   [Alt] + [F8].

            After any of
        these        three
        actions, Excel will
        open the Macro
        dialog box. It will
        list the names of
        all the macros in
        the current work-
        book and in your
        Personal Macro
        Workbook. Click
        the name of the
        macro you want
        to run and click
        the Run button            The Macro dialog box. You’ll use this often

        (or press [Enter]).

             A point to remember when running a macro is that if you run
        it in a worksheet that already contains some data in the cells that
        the macro modifies, you could lose the existing data. Why worry—
        just undo by pressing [Ctrl] + [Z], right? The problem is that a
        macro is not a single action: there are several steps that Excel per-
        forms while running the macro, depending on how complex the
        macro is. As a result, you might need to undo many times to undo
        the action of the macro.




116         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                             MACROS   VII

   7.4 The Visual Basic Editor

   If you want to see the code of a macro you entered, you’ll need to
   open its “code” window—open the Visual Basic Editor by pressing
   [Alt] + [F11], then from the left, double-click the appropriate “mod-
   ule” that contains the code, and the code window will come up on
   the right. (We won’t go into what Modules are, because you won’t
   need it right now.)




    You create a lot of such code when you record a Macro!


       Like we said, any macro you record gets stored as VBA code.
   What we’re telling you now is, you don’t necessarily need to record
   a macro: you can write it out directly. Here is an example of how
   you can write a macro entirely in the VBA editor. We’re including
   this here just so you can feel comfortable with what’s going on,
   and what on earth the VBA editor is!

       To keep track of what you’ve written, use comments. Anything
   you type in after a single quote will appear green in the VBA edi-
   tor, and it will be ignored when the macro is running.


                                                                FAST TRACK   117
VII     MACROS
                                                                  EXCEL 2007



            So here goes: open the VBA editor by pressing [Alt] + [F11]. Then
        go to the Project Explorer at the top left, and select “VBAProject”.
        There, right-click and insert a “Module”, or go to “Module 1” (for
        example) if it’s already there.

            You might see a couple of macros already in the code win-
        dow at the right. Remember that macros start with “Sub” and
        end with “End Sub”, and then you can place your macro text
        anywhere you want—for example, after one “End Sub” that’s
        already in the module.

           Now, the following code will copy a range of cells and paste
        them in the current cell:

             ’This is my first macro
             Sub CopyARange() ’This is the name of the macro
             Range(“C24:C35”).Copy Destination:=ActiveCell
             ’To-do: Get help on what ActiveCell and .Copy are
             End Sub

            The lines that begin with a single quote are ignored. The range
        here is C24 to C35. You run the macro using the procedure we
        already described.

            For another simple example, here’s how to fill cells D1 through
        D4 with the squares of the numbers beginning from 5—that is, 25,
        36, 49, and 64. This code requires you to go through several num-
        bers—four of them—so we use what is called a “for loop”:

             Sub Squares()
             For x = 5 To 8
             Cells(x, 4).Select
             Selection.Value = x^2
             Next x
             End Sub




118         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                                MACROS        VII




    These four numbers were generated by one click. It could have been four hundred


   Line by line, here’s what the code does:
   1. The declaration that this is a “subroutine”—something that will
      be executed when it is called upon to do so.
   2. Do the following for the values of x from 5 to 8.
   3. Select the cells in row x and column 4, with x being dictated by
      whatever iteration of the loop the program is in.
   4. Set the value of the cell to the square of the row number.
   5. “Next x” indicates the end of the loop.
   6. End this subroutine.

      You’ll often be using the for… next loop in Excel, because many
   things need to be done repetitively across cells.

       Now about help: say you see, in your macro, which you recog-
   nise by name, you see something like “ActiveCell”. You don’t know
   what it does. Simply highlight it, and press [F1], and you’ll get
   help—you’ll see what “ActiveCell” means, in what contexts it’s
   used, and so on.

      Record various macros, look up the help in this manner, and
   you should get a hang of how to code in VBA—or at least modify
   your own macros.

      On to modifying macros: if the macro you want to edit is in
   your Personal Macro Workbook, you need to un-hide the work-
   book. To un-hide the PMW, click the Unhide command button on


                                                                      FAST TRACK      119
VII     MACROS
                                                                     EXCEL 2007



        the View tab. (If you can’t find it, press [Alt] > [W] > [U].) The Unhide
        dialog box will open, showing the PERSONALB workbook in its
        Unhide Workbook list box. Click PERSONALB in the list box and
        press [Enter].

            In general, to open a macro for editing, press [Alt] + [F8] which,
        like we said, opens the Macro dialog box. You’ll find that you can
        click on a macro name and try to edit it, but if the macro is in a
        non-open worksheet, you’ll get a dialog saying you can’t edit it and
        that you need to un-hide the workbook first. Do this the same way
        you’d un-hide the PMW.

        7.5 Editing With The VBE

        Do the following. Begin recording a new macro; position your cur-
        sor in cell A1, and type in “I am recording a macro.” Then colour
        it reddish-brown, underline it, give it a font, and make it larger.
        Stop recording the macro.

           You know what the macro will do—when you press the short-
        cut key, it will bring up that text in that style in that location
        (unless you used a relative location). Now, open the VBE, and in the
        appropriate module, find the code for the macro, which will be
        something like this:

             Sub Macro2()
             ’
             ’ Macro2 Macro
             ’ Macro recorded 01/01/1970 by digit_fan
             ’
             ’ Keyboard Shortcut: Ctrl+Shift+A
             ’
                ActiveCell.FormulaR1C1 = “I am recording a macro.”
                Range(“A1”).Select
                With Selection.Font
                  .Name = “Cambria”


120         FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                        MACROS      VII


           .FontStyle = “Regular”
           .Size = 14
           .Strikethrough = False
           .Superscript = False
           .Subscript = False
           .OutlineFont = False
           .Shadow = False
           .Underline = xlUnderlineStyleSingle
           .ColorIndex = 53
         End With
       End Sub

       Now what do all the above mean? It’s easy to see that you can
   edit the size to be something other than 14; it’s easy to see that you
   can edit the font to whatever you want. “ColorIndex”, too, can be
   played around with. But for all the rest, you’ll need to use Excel’s
   inbuilt help. Like, what is “OutlineFont”? What is “Shadow”?

   At this point, we can tell you three things:
       1. Play around with the macros (subroutines). In our text
          example above, position the cursor somewhere other than
          cell A1 and see what happens. It prints out the text with-
          out the formatting. Why? Go figure—literally! Learn by
          experimentation.

       2. If you’re not the experimentative kind, create the macros
          you’re most likely to use, then use the inbuilt help for each
          small thing. You should get the hang of it soon enough—at
          least enough for you to be able to edit your own macros.

       3. If you want to write your own macros for all kinds of stuff:
          we hate to tell you this, but VBA is a vast topic—we could use
          a couple of Fast Track editions just for that! For now, down-
          load Microsoft’s Office 2003 Editions: Excel VBA Language
          Reference, if you’re interested, from www.microsoft.com/
          downloads/details.aspx?familyid=2204a62e-4877-4563-8e83-
          4848dda796e4&displaylang=en (http://tinyurl.com/56rj5).


                                                             FAST TRACK     121
Graphic
Elements




T   he graphical elements in Office 2007 have been reborn: they’re
    more swanky and contemporary than ever before. They have
been revamped suite-wide, and are now available as a full-blown
feature in Excel 2007. The use of the Ribbon feature makes it
possible to select various styles and features in the fewest number of
clicks, saving you time and making your job simpler.
VIII     GRAPHIC ELEMENTS
                                                                    EXCEL 2007




         The Illustrations menu

        Access the graphical elements from the Ribbon (Insert >
        Illustrations). You have options such as Picture, Clip Art, Shapes,
        and SmartArt. Alternatively, you can place any of these categories in
        the Quick Access Toolbar above the Ribbon for easy one-click access.

      8.1 The Shapes Group
        The shapes menu has all the basic shapes you would normally find
        in earlier versions of Excel. Apart from Lines, Basic Shapes, Block
        Arrows, Flowchart, Callouts, and Star Banners, there is a Recently
        Used Shapes option that intelligently stores all the shapes you
        recently used, for quick access. These shapes can be easily drawn
        and formatted too.

      8.2 Drawing Basic Shapes

        Drawing basic shapes is easy! Go to Insert > Shapes and then
        choose the shape you want to select. Next, drag the cursor diago-
        nally across the worksheet to create the shape in the size you want.

            If you want to maintain the horizontal or vertical aspect ratio of
        the shape while enlarging or reducing its size, you can hold down
        [Ctrl] while doing so. Alternatively, holding down the [Ctrl] + [Shift]
        keys will maintain both the horizontal and vertical aspect ratios of
        the shape you are drawing.

            Under Shapes > Recently Used Shapes, there is a shape called
        Scribble. What this does is, it allows you to create custom shapes of
        your choice. So if you want to doodle or create a shape for your
        signature, this is the tool you should use. All the regular
        formatting settings apply to this shape, so you can further stylise
        your creative genius!


124          FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                 GRAPHIC ELEMENTS   VIII


       In comparative terms, the shapes feature is a major
   improvement over any other version of Excel developed by
   Microsoft, freeing you from the clunky diagrams of the past. This
   feature supports anti-aliasing, which gives your diagrams the
   smooth and professional edges you’ve always dreamed of.

8.3 Formatting Graphic Objects

   Unlike its predecessors, Excel 2007 allows you to add all kinds of
   pictures to your worksheet. All image file extensions are sup-
   ported, including the Macintosh PICT and WordPerfect Graphics
   formats! What is so special about it? The fun starts as soon as you
   add a picture or make a shape. You see a new menu item open up
   inside the ribbon called Picture Tools > Format, which allows
   you to format the image in ways that will make your colleagues
   jealous!




    You can play around with any setting in the Ribbon

   You can play around with the brightness and contrast or make your
   image greyscale, sepia, or any other colour you want it to be. If you
   happen to go overboard with these Adjust settings, you can always
   reset your picture to its original by clicking on Reset Picture.

       The Picture Styles option allows you to add various default
   settings like a frame or a bevel effect, or a shadow, or even adding
   perspective. What’s really fascinating is that you can combine any
   number of these effects to create an effect to your liking. You can
   also use Crop to remove unnecessary parts of your image.

   Let’s try creating the image shown in 5 easy steps...

   8.3.1 Click Insert > Shapes and choose the smiley under Basic
         Shapes.


                                                             FAST TRACK    125
VIII     GRAPHIC ELEMENTS
                                                                    EXCEL 2007




         Don’t forget to play around with the shape effects!

        8.3.2 Holding [Ctrl] + [Shift] on the keyboard, left-click and drag it
              diagonally across the worksheet till you reach the desired size
              of your smiley. Now you can colour your smiley based on your
              preferences.
        8.3.3 Go to Insert > Shapes and choose any shape under Callouts.
        8.3.4 Holding [Ctrl] + [Shift], left-click and drag the mouse diagonally
              across the worksheet till you reach the desired size of your
              callout. Now you can colour your callout based on your
              preferences. Don’t forget to play around with the Shape Effects.
        8.3.5 After that is done, click onto the callout to bring-up the
              Drawing Tools > Format menu. In there, click WordArt Styles
              > Text Fill and enter “Hello World” as your text.

           You have now officially mastered the art of formatting graphic
        objects in Excel 2007!

      8.4 WordArt

        WordArt is another good feature in Excel 2007. This used to be the
        most underestimated feature of Excel, promising much more than
        it offered. Not any more. Thanks to the new formatting options
        which have been incorporated into the WordArt functionality, this
        option has become more powerful than ever before.


126          FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                  GRAPHIC ELEMENTS   VIII


       The function can be accessed by going to Insert > WordArt (on
   the extreme right). Once there, you can choose from a range of
   styles that suit your mood. If you’re the adventurous type, or you
   want to tweak your style a little, you can customise it by choosing




    The various options available under WordArt

   among various options under Drawing Tools > Format > Shape
   Styles, and keep experimenting with all the options there.

   Let’s try to make the above custom WordArt in 3 easy steps.




    Making a custom shape style


   ❍ Go  to Insert > WordArt (at the extreme right) and choose the
      style that you want from the drop-down list.
   ❍ In the new window that appears, enter “Think Digit!”
   ❍ Now in Drawing Tools > Format > Shape Styles, you can tweak
      either Shape Fill or Shape Outline or Shape Effects to create a
      style completely your own... Congratulations! Your skill in using
      Excel 2007 has increased a notch!




                                                              FAST TRACK    127
VIII     GRAPHIC ELEMENTS
                                                                    EXCEL 2007


      8.5 Pictures and ClipArt

        The Pictures and Clipart functionality
        seems to have been tightly integrated to the
        Microsoft Web site in this latest edition of
        Excel. What is good to see is that searching
        for either clipart or images allows you to
        also choose from Microsoft’s online collec-
        tion. It is good to see that there are approx-
        imately 1,50,000 images and sounds avail-
        able at the Microsoft Office Web site; quite
        a few of them are royalty-free.

            There is robust support for image files
        too. All image file extensions are supported,
        including the Macintosh PICT and
        WordPerfect Graphics formats. What this
        essentially means is that if you have a
        spreadsheet that was, say, created on a
        Macintosh with pictures saved in the .pict
        extension, you wouldn’t need to have
        QuickTime installed to view those images         Notice how you get the
        correctly. They will appear correctly without    option to even search
                                                         the Web for a
        any need for third-party software.
                                                         particular ClipArt

            Another wonderful feature with Picture and ClipArt is that
        it is integrated into all the new and wonderful formatting
        options available with Excel 2007. What that means is that an
        unlimited number of style variations can be applied to your
        picture or clipart.




128          FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                                GRAPHIC ELEMENTS      VIII

8.6 SmartArt




    Various SmartArt charts


   It is common knowledge that the
   impact of graphics in spreadsheets
   increases recall. Yet, in today’s age, it
   is very difficult to create professional-
   looking corporate charts and dia-
   grams using standard tools. Charting
   this information makes for a tremen-
   dous improvement. However, there
   are times when you want to represent
   data in a completely new format. This A sample chart
   is where SmartArt graphics
   are best utilised. Though
   this is a function we see hav-
   ing great productivity in
   PowerPoint 2007, it’s avail-
   ability suite-wide and is an
   added bonus to Excel. All
   the old charts—organisation-
   al, process, and Venn dia-
   grams—have been reborn as
                                     The various formatting options
   SmartArt. Though you can


                                                                 FAST TRACK   129
VIII     GRAPHIC ELEMENTS
                                                                          EXCEL 2007



         still do charts the traditional way, you can edit ready-made charts
         using the SmartArt functionality.

             What SmartArt essentially does is, it allows you to select pre-
         defined styles from a variety of charts and allows you to enter
         contextual text wherever applicable. Text and positioning of shapes
         get automatically sized based on the style you choose. What’s more,
         you can seamlessly change from various pre-defined styles at a click
         of a button... Everything reverts to the pre-defined style instantly,
         without you having to change the font or colour or background.

             Charts created using SmartArt can again be formatted with
         various pre-defined or custom Shape Styles and/or WordArt Styles.
         Here is a table of other SmartArt accessibility shortcuts.

      To do this                                    Press
      Insert a new SmartArt graphic                 [Alt] + [N] + [M]

      Open the online Help                          [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [F1]

      Switch between the Text pane and
      your SmartArt graphic                         [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [F2]

      Move from the Text pane to the Ribbon,        [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [F2] to move
      which is a part of the Microsoft Office       to the SmartArt graphic, and
      Fluent user interface                         then press [Alt] to move to the
                                                    Ribbon

      With a shape selected, move between           [Tab]
      shapes in your SmartArt graphic

      Indent text in the Text pane                  [Tab]

      Negatively indent text in the Text pane       [Shift] + [Tab]

      Add a tab character to text in the Text pane [Ctrl] + [Tab]



130          FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007
                                             GRAPHIC ELEMENTS          VIII


Select multiple shapes in the Text pane     Select a line of text in the Text
                                            pane, and then press [Shift] +
                                            [Down Arrow] to select the
                                            additional shapes

With a shape selected, increase             [Shift] + [Up Arrow] or [Right
the size of a shape                         Arrow]

With a shape selected, decrease             [Shift] + [Down Arrow] or
the size of a shape                         [Left Arrow]

Resize the shape in very small increments   [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [Up Arrow],
                                            [Down Arrow], [Right Arrow],
                                            or [Left Arrow]

Move the shape in the direction             [Up Arrow], [Down Arrow],
that you want                               [Right Arrow], or [Left Arrow]

Move or “nudge” the shape in                [Ctrl] + [Up Arrow], [Down
very small increments                       [Arrow], [Right Arrow], or
                                            [Left Arrow]

Rotate the shape in the desired             [Alt] + [Right Arrow] or [Left
direction 15 degrees                        Arrow]

Rotate the shape 1 degree:                  [Ctrl] + [Alt] + [Right Arrow] or
                                            [Left Arrow]

      If you want to save the SmartArt chart you just made, go to
   Ribbon > Save As > Other Formats, and save the worksheet as a Web
   page! After it is saved, a new folder will be made, which will house
   your SmartArt chart image in the .png format.




                                                               FAST TRACK       131
Formulas And
Functions




I n Chapter 3, we briefly touched upon what you can do with
  formulas, how to check for errors, and how to trace them. In this
chapter, we delve deeper, looking at the basics of how to construct a
formula using functions, plus an in-depth look at some of the more
popular basic Excel functions.
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                              EXCEL 2007


      9.1. The Basics
        Formulas and functions are what make Excel more than just a
        printable grid of columns and rows. As explained in Chapter 3, you
        create a formula by using mathematical and calculation operators
        in combination with numbers or cell references (=5+3, =A1+B6,
        etc.) or by using pre-built functions that make it easier to do com-
        plex calculations in a single step (=SUM(A2:A10), etc.).

            All formulas and functions start with the “=” sign. This indi-
        cates to Excel that what follows is a calculation. Calculations are
        done using operators. In many cases the operators themselves are
        sufficient to obtain the required results, without having to
        depend on functions. There are four types of operators in Excel
        2007: arithmetic, comparison, text, and reference.

            Depending on the opera-
        tor, the order of calculation
        may also vary. Each operator
        has a different level of prece-
        dence: in a formula where
        more than one operator is
        used, Excel will calculate the
        result in a pre-determined
        sequence.

            For example, the formula
        “=2+5*3/-4” will first calculate
        3 divided by -4, since negative The operator types
        values have the highest prece-
        dence. This will be followed by
        the multiplication and then
        the addition. Hence the result
        will be 1.75 and not -5.25,
        which would have been the
        result if you had used a simple
        left-to-right calculation order.
                                           Operator calculation order

134        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                         FUNCTIONS       IX


       When two operators are of the same level, Excel will calculate
   from left to right. For example, “=2*3/4” will cause the multiplica-
   tion to be done first, and then the division.

       If you use parentheses, what is inside them will be calculated
   first, irrespective of the precedence order. For example, “= 2*(3/4)”
   will calculate 3 divided by 4 before multiplying by 2.

       When you are using complex formulas where you may have
   multiple parentheses nested one within another, you will need to
   ensure that for each open bracket there is a closing bracket. If you
   make a mistake, Excel will bring up aan error and automatically
   suggest corrections. For example, the formula “=SUM(SUM(A4:C4),
   SUM(A5:C5)” has the final outer bracket missing. Excel will detect
   this and suggest corrections, at which point you should review
   your formula and make corrections if needed.

       What makes Excel so powerful isare its inbuilt functions. To
   use them, click on the Formula tab. You get a wide range of func-
   tions and formulas that you can choose from the Function Library
   group.

   The functions are in ten categories:
   ❍ Financial
   ❍ Logical
   ❍ Text
   ❍ Date & Time
   ❍ Lookup & Reference
   ❍ Math & Trigonometry


   And, by clicking on the More Functions button:
   ❍ Statistical
   ❍ Engineering
   ❍ Cube
   ❍ Information

       The functions’ names are quite self-explanatory, but we’ll be
   delving into some of the function categories in more detail in later
   sections. The function categories Text, Lookup & Reference,


                                                            FAST TRACK     135
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                           EXCEL 2007




       The Function Library in Excel


       Engineering, Cube, and Information are advanced topics, and we
       will not cover them. You can find examples and explanations of
       those functions in the Excel help section.

           Other than these above cate-
       gories there is also the Recently
       Used button, which will show you
       a list of functions that have been
       recently used in Excel, as well as
       the AutoSum button. Clicking on
       the arrow next to the AutoSum
       button, you can get access to not
       just the Sum function but also to
       the Average, Count, Min, and Max Choosing your function
       functions as well. This is an improvement over earlier versions of
       Excel where you could only get access to the Sum function by click-
       ing on the button. (See the Math & Trigonometry section for more
       on these functions.)

           You also have the “fx Insert” function button that enables you
       to search for and select a function. Click on the button, and in the
       pop-up window, you’ll have multiple choices.

           First, you can type in a brief description of what you are look-
       ing for in the function, and Excel will give you a list of possibili-
       ties based on matching keywords. Of course, this means you will
       need to be as precise and accurate as possible in the terminolo-
       gy you use. The search feature is useful when you do not know
       which category the function belongs to: if you do know the cate-
       gory, you can select one from the category drop-down list, and


136        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                        FUNCTIONS       IX


   narrow down the list of functions you’ll have to scroll through.

      Clicking on any function in the “Select a function:” box will
   show you a brief description of what the function does in the
   space below the “Select a function” window. If you want to learn
   more about a particular function you can click the Help on this
   function link to open its help documentation.

       Once you have made your selection, click OK to open the
   Function Arguments window. In this window, you enter specific
   values for the selected function. The available fields and values
   may vary; however, you will get a description of what is expected
   in each field. Some values may be required, others may be option-
   al. At the minimum, you will have to enter the required values for
   the function to work and display a result without bringing up an
   error. Once you’ve entered the values you require to, click OK to
   display the result in your worksheet.

       A function consists of some standard parts. In general, a func-
   tion is of the form:

   =function_name(argument1, argument2, …argumentN)

       All Excel func-
   tions—which are actu-
   ally advanced formu-
   las—start with the
   equals sign followed by
   the name of the func-
   tion. This is followed by
   the open bracket, then
   followed by a number
                              Entering the values for your function
   of arguments that may
   use any of the valid operators—arithmetic, comparison, text, or ref-
   erence (as discussed above). Last comes the closing bracket.

       An argument is a value that can be assigned by either specify-


                                                           FAST TRACK     137
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                            EXCEL 2007



        ing it manually or by
        referring to a cell ref-
        erence or a cell range
        reference. There are
        two ways of entering
        arguments in the
        Function arguments
        window—manually
        or by selection. For
        manual entry, you Manual or Drag-and-Select entry of function
        type in the cell refer- arguments
        ence or values directly into the Function Arguments box, or you
        can have Excel automatically fill in the reference for you. To do
        that, click inside in the field where you want to fill in the refer-
        ences automatically. Move the Function Arguments window to the
        side till you are able to select your cell range. Drag and select the
        cell range that contains the values you need. The range reference
        will be automatically entered into the selected field.

           Some arguments require special formats for them to use the
        arguments. For example, functions in the Date & Time category
        may require that date arguments be specified in calendar form
        and not numerically.

            Some functions may not have arguments. For example, the
        function “=PI()” will show the result of Pi to 15 decimal points.
        Likewise, the function “=TodayTODAY()” will show the current
        date. In both these cases, no additional arguments are involved.
        However, note the opening and closing brackets. Whether there
        are arguments or not, these brackets are compulsory and follow
        the function name.

      9.2 Logical Functions

        Excel has seven logical functions: AND, FALSE, IF, IFERROR, NOT, OR,
        TRUE. All these functions, except for the IFERROR function, will


138        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                            FUNCTIONS     IX


   show either logical TRUE or logical FALSE after evaluating all these
   values in the function. Here is a brief overview of the functions.

   ❍   AND(logical1,logical2,….,logicaln): Verifies all the arguments
       and displays TRUE if all the results are logically true. If any of
       the arguments are not logically true, it will display FALSE.


   Example: =AND(A3=B6,F5<>234)

       Excel will here check to see if the values in A3 and B6 are equal,
   if they are not then Excel will display (return) the value FALSE. If
   A3 and B6 are equal, then Excel will evaluate the next argument.
   It will check to verify whether F5 is not equal to 234. If this is
   TRUE, then Excel will return the value TRUE. If it F5 is equal to
   234, Excel will return FALSE.

   ❍   FALSE(): No arguments are used; this one just returns logical
       FALSE. Usually the FALSE() function is the result of a logical
       function (like AND, NOT, EQUALS etc) or used in combination
       with some other logical function.


   Example: =IF (A3=FALSE,D5+25,D10=D5)

        (See the IF function for an explanation)

   ❍   IF(logical_test,value_if_true,value_if_false): Checks the logical
       value of the first argument. If it is TRUE, Excel uses the second
       argument; if that one is not TRUE, then Excel uses the third
       argument.


   Example: =IF (A3=FALSE,D5+25, D5+5)

      If cell A3 has a value of FALSE, then add 25 to D5 and return
   the value. If A3 does not have a value of FALSE, then add 5 to D5
   and return the value.

   ❍   IFERROR(value,value_if_error): Checks whether the first argu-


                                                             FAST TRACK     139
FORMULAS AND
      IX      FUNCTIONS                                           EXCEL 2007

            ment is returns an error, if it is returns an error, it uses the
            value in the second argument, else it displays the first argu-
            ment’s value
             Example: =IFERROR (A3/23,”Sorry! Non computable error!”)

            Divide cell A3 by 23. If the result is an error, then display the
        text “Sorry! Non computable error!”, else display the result of the
        division

        ❍   NOT(logical): Checks if the argument is TRUE or FALSE. If TRUE,
            the value returned is FALSE. If FALSE, the value returned is
            TRUE.


        Example: =NOT(A3=A4)

           If “A3 is equal to A4” is TRUE, then the value returned will be
        FALSE. If A3 is not equal to A4, the value returned will be TRUE.

        ❍   OR(logical1,logical2,…logicaln): If any of the logical arguments
            are true, it returns the value TRUE; if all the arguments are
            false, it returns the value FALSE.


        Example: =OR(A3=A4,B5<190)

           If either A3 is equal to A4 or B5 is less than 190, then the value
        returned is TRUE. If A3 is not equal to A4 and B5 is equal to or
        greater than 190, the value returned is FALSE.

        ❍   TRUE() : No arguments are used; it just returns logical TRUE.
            Similar to the FALSE() function.


      9.3 Date and Time Functions

        Using date and time functions can becoming confusing if you
        do not understand how Excel treats dates and times internally.
        Externally, the data and time will be displayed in the human-
        friendly date/month/year format and its variations, and


140         FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                         FUNCTIONS       IX


   time will be displayed
   in the 24-hour or
   AM/PM             format.
   Internally,     however,
   Excel     automatically
   stores any date and
   time value in a serial
   number that is calculat-
   ed based on January 1,
   1900 being equal to the
   number 1, and every
   subsequent date being
   an increment of 1 from Choose the Date and Time format for your cells
   that date. That is, Excel
   will internally store January 2, 1900 as 2, February 2, 1900 as 33,
   and so on. Similarly, time is stored as a decimal fraction starting
   from midnight equal to 0.00000000, and, say, 6:33 AM equal to
   0.27291700—and so on.

       To work with date and time values, you would normally for-
   mat the cells where the data is being entered. That is, if you wish
   to display the date and time in dd/mm/yyyy format and time in
   12-hour format, you would select the cell, right-click, and select
   Format Cells, then use the Date and Time sections in the Number
   tab to select from pre-defined date and time formats. Or, you may
   use the Custom section to specify any non-standard date and
   time formats.

       Excel normally displays the date and time based on the region-
   al settings of the computer you are working on. This will be the
   default display for date and time. On most computers, the default
   date setting is usually in the American format mm/dd/yyyy, where
   the display will show month first followed by day and year. The
   Indian format is, of course, to have the date first followed by
   month and year i.e. dd/mm/yyyy. You can change the default dis-
   play to this format by changing the Regional Settings in the
   Control Panel.


                                                            FAST TRACK     141
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                          EXCEL 2007



           Excel, and even Windows in general, use the following formats
       in handling dates:

       ❍   dd displays the date in numeric format
       ❍   ddd displays the day limited to the first three letters
       ❍   dddd displays the full word of the day
       ❍   mm displays the month in numeric format
       ❍   mmm displays the month in words limited to the first three let-
           ters
       ❍   mmmm displays the full word for the month
       ❍   yy displays the year in two digit format
       ❍   yyyy displays the year in four digit format
       ❍   hh displays the hour
       ❍   mm displays the minutes unless the context makes it refer to
           month
       ❍   ss displays the seconds
            Thus a custom format of the type

            ddd, dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm:ss AM/PM

          will display the date and time 12th May, 2006 7:18 PM and 34
       seconds in the following manner:

       Fri, 12/05/2006 07:18:34 PM

       If you omit the AM/PM, then the time will be displayed in 24-hour
       format irrespective of how it is entered. Also note that you need
       not enter the day. You just enter the date and time and Excel will
       automatically pick up the correct day. Similarly, if you leave out
       the time, Excel will assume it is 00:00 (midnight). Also, if you
       leave out the year, Excel will assume you are talking about the
       current year. Thus, for the above format, if you wanted to enter 6
       February 2007 with no reference to the time, you could simply
       enter 6/2 or 6 Feb. Excel will automatically apply the above date
       format and display:




142        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                          FUNCTIONS       IX


   Tue, 06/02/2007 12:00:00 AM

   With this basic idea of how Excel treats date and time functions
   we can go on to doing date and time calculations. The most com-




    Simple date calculations


   mon calculation you’ll use dates for is to find out the elapsed days
   or times between two dates. For example, if you want to find out
   the number of days between 14th April 2007 and 22nd May 2000,
   do the following:

       Enter the above dates into two cells, say A1 and B1 respec-
   tively. Now you can simply type in, say, cell C1 “= A1—B1”. The
   result, however, may be shown in the date format, since Excel
   “sees” dates in both the cells and assumes that the format for the
   result should also be in date format. To change it to the number
   format, right click on cell C1, select Format cells, and choose the
   Number option on the Number tab. This will then show the num-
   ber of days between the two dates. Likewise if you want to find
   out, say, the date 25 days prior to 14th April, you can use a for-
   mula as in the figure below. In this case, the result will directly
   show you the date.

   9.3.1. Date Functions

   TODAY()
   Of all the date functions, the easiest has to be the TODAY function.
   Entered as “=TODAY()”, it has no arguments, and returns the cur-
   rent date in the cell. Note that the date in the cell will keep chang-
   ing every time the workbook is opened on different dates. This
   function should not be used if you want the date to remain fixed


                                                             FAST TRACK     143
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                           EXCEL 2007



       whenever you open the
       workbook.

       DATE(year,month,day)
       Example:
       =DATE(A1,A2,A3)
       This combines the val-
       ues in the arguments
       into a single cell. Thus if
       you have the year,
       month, and date and The date function
       separate cells, you can use this function to combine it into a single
       cell and display it in the date format.

       DATEVALUE(date_text)
       Example: =DATEVALUE(A1) where A1 = ‘5/12/2006
       When you use the apostrophe sign before a number or date, Excel
       stores the value as text.
       Normally, you will not be
       able to perform any of
       the calculations because
       it is internally referenced
       as text. You use the DATE-
       VALUE function to con-
                                   The “DATEVALUE” function
       vert the text version of
       the date into an Excel number for the corresponding date. You can
       then use this number to perform calculations.

       DAY(serial_no)
       Example: DAY( ((DATE(07,03,25)))
       The serial_no argument returns any day of the month between 1
       and 31. In the above example, the DATE function is nested inside
       the DAY function. Hence, the value returned by the DAY function
       will be 25, since the DATE function contains the value 2007 for the
       year, 03 for the month, and 25 for the day.




144        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                             FUNCTIONS         IX


   WEEKDAY(serial_no,return_type)
   Example: WEEKDAY((DATE(07,03,25)),2)
   The serial_no argument returns any day of the week between 1
   and 7 or 0 and 6. The return_type argument is a number between
   1 and 3. It specifies how the weekday should be handled. If the
   return_type is 1, then 1=Sunday and 7=Saturday. If the
   return_type is 2, then 1=Monday and 7=Sunday. If the return _type
   is 3, then 0=Monday and 6=Sunday. In the above example, we want
   to find out the day for the second return type where 1=Monday
   and 7=Sunday. The value returned will be 1.

   MONTH(serial_no)
   Example: MONTH((DATE(07,03,25)))
   The serial_no argument returns any day of the month between 1
   and 12. In the above example, the value returned will be 3.

   YEAR(serial_no)
   Example: YEAR((DATE(15,03,25)))
   The serial_no argument returns any year between 1900 and 9999.
   Note that in the above example, the DATE function specifies the
   year as 15, which Excel will refer to recognise as 1915. If you want
   Excel to recognize to 21st century years, you will need to enter the
   full year in the following format: YEAR((DATE(2015,03,25)))

   DAYS360(start_date,end_date,method)
   Example: DAYS360(A1,B2,FALSE)
   This function calculates the number of days given the start_date




    The “DAYS360” function: difference between the US and European methods

   argument and the end_date argument for a 360-day year where
   there are 12 months with 30 days each. The method argument spec-
   ifies which calculation method to use: US or European. If using the


                                                                 FAST TRACK   145
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                          EXCEL 2007



       European method, the value of the argument will be TRUE. If using
       the US method, the value of the argument will be FALSE.

          In the US method, if the starting date value is the 31st of the
       month, then this function will treat it as 30th of the month; if
       the ending date is the 31st of the month and the starting date is
       earlier than the 30th of the month, then the ending date
       becomes the first of the next month, else the ending date
       becomes the 30th of the same month.

          In the European method, any date of 31st is treated as 30th of
       the month.

       9.3.2. Time Functions

       Similar to the date functions, there are some useful time func-
       tions as well.

       NOW()
       Like the TODAY date function, the NOW time function does not
       take any arguments. It simply returns the current system time
       into the cell, along with the date. Again, like with the TODAY func-
       tion, you should note that the value stored in the cell keeps chang-
       ing every time you open or calculate the sheet.

       TIME(hour,minute,second)
       Example: =TIME(A1,B1,C1)
       Combines the time values for hour, minute, and second from dif-
       ferent values or cells into a single cell. It’s similar to the DATE




       The TIME function with different values


146        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                        FUNCTIONS       IX


   function; however, the hour value should normally be between 0
   and 23. If the value exceeds 23, then the number is divided by 24
   and the remainder is taken as the hour value (see figure). Likewise,
   for the minute and second arguments the expected values should
   be between 0 and 59; if the values exceeds 59, it is converted into
   hours and minutes and added, in the case of the minute argu-
   ment.to the minutes. Example: If the hour value is 1 and the
   minute value is 74 the hh:mm value will be 2:14, that is 74 minutes
   has been converted to 1 hour 14 minutes and added to the total.
   Similarly, for the second argument, if the values exceed 59, then it
   is converted into hours, minutes, and seconds and then added. See
   the figure to understand how this works.

   TIMEVALUE(time_text)
   Example: =TIMEVALUE(A1) where A1=’8:15:46 PM
   Similar to DATEVALUE, if the time is entered as a text in Excel by
   using the apostrophe before the time, then this function will con-
   vert it into the time format.

   HOUR(serial_number)
   Example: =HOUR(A1) where A1=9:30:24 PM
   Extracts only the hour portion in the time value specified. In the
   above example, Excel will return the value 21, which is the value
   for 9 PM in the 24-hour format. Similarly, the functions
   MINUTE(serial_number) and SECOND(serial_number) extract the
   minutes and seconds in a specified time value respectively.

9.4 Financial Functions
   Due to the use of financial terminology Ffinancial functions may
   seem the most obscure diffcult to understand of all the functions
   available in Excel. We take you through the basics in this section.
   While some understanding of financial terms is always helpful
   you don’t need to be accounting whiz kid to use the basic finan-
   cial functions. We show you how.

       PV(rate,nper,pmt,[fv],[type])


                                                           FAST TRACK     147
FORMULAS AND
      IX      FUNCTIONS                                               EXCEL 2007



          PV stands for Present Value. This function calculates the Present
       Value of an investment. The arguments it uses are as follows.

              RATE: This is the interest rate for a given period, usually annual.

           NPER: This is the total number of payments during the life of
       the investment. This number is arrived at by calculating the
       length of time that interest is paid and multiplying this by the
       point in time when interest is earned. For example, a loan of 4
       years with 12 monthly interests payments has an NPER value of 4
       x 12 = 48 payment periods.

          PMT: This is the amount paid at each period of the investment
       and usually includes principal plus interest.

           FV: This is the principal plus interest that you want to earn
       after having made your last payment. If you do not enter this
       value, Excel assumes that FV=0.




           PV Calculation with PMT or FV

           TYPE: Enter 0 or ignore this argument when payment is made
       at the end of the period. Enter 1 if the payment is made at the
       beginning of the period.

           For example, in the figure above, the annual rate for a loan is
       10.25%. This has been divided by 12 to arrive at the per-month
       value for the RATE in the next column. The annual rate is con-
       verted into a monthly rate because the payment periods (NPER)
       and payments (PMT) are monthly. In the two examples, for a pay-
       ment per month of Rs 1,500, the PV will be Rs 43,318.19. For a
       future value of Rs 45,000, the PV will be Rs 33,130.96. To calculate
       the PV on your investment, whip out your investment documents


148         FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                        FUNCTIONS       IX


   and punch in the figures! (Make sure you enter negative values
   for payments.)




    NPV Calculations

   NPV(rate,value1,value2,…,value13)
   NPV (Net Present Value) is calculated on the basis of the rate and a
   series of cash flows represented by the arguments value1 to
   value13. These arguments denote a series of payments and
   income—negative values for payments and positives for income—
   which are equal and made at the end of each payment period. In
   calculating NPV, the argument value1 should exclude your initial
   payment, that is, value 1 starts from the second payment.

       Note that Excel will only take numerical entries in the inter-
   national format, so 1 lakh will always be represented as one hun-
   dred thousand (100,000), 1 crore as ten million (10,000,000), and
   so on.




    Future Value on a 30-year investment

   FV(rate,nper,pmt,[pv],[type])
   The FV shows you the Future Value of an investment; the argu-
   ments are the same as in PV, the only difference being that you
   will have to specify the PV value in this case. For example, if you
   are 30 and plan to retire by 60, you can calculate the Future Value
   if you make an investment of Rs 30,000 a year.

   PMT(rate,nper,pv,[fv],[type])
   When you know the rate, the number of payments to be made, and


                                                           FAST TRACK     149
FORMULAS AND
      IX      FUNCTIONS                                         EXCEL 2007




           Loan installment calculation using PMT

        the present value or future value, you can use the PMT function to
        calculate the amount you will have to pay for each payment peri-
        od (the instalment). For example, you can find out the instalment
        on a loan of Rs 45,000 where you know the interest rate (7.58%) and
        the number of payments to be made (48). You can reduce the down
        payment from PV and see how that will affect your instalment or
        vary the number of instalment months.

      9.5 Maths & Statistical Functions
        There are tons of mathematical, trigonometric, and statistical
        functions in Excel. You access them by clicking on the Formulas
        tab and selecting the functions from the Math & Trig drop-down,
        and the Statistical functions from the More Functions drop-
        down. We take a look here at some of the more common statisti-
        cal functions.

        ROUND(number,num_digits)
        Excel takes the number argument and rounds it to the number of
        decimal places specified in the num_digits argument. If the
        num_digits argument is a positive number, then Excel rounds off
        the value to the specified number of digits. If the num_digits is a
        negative value, it rounds off the number to that many places left
        of the decimal point.

              For example, when A1 = 2564897.5689456



150         FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                         FUNCTIONS       IX


       =ROUND(A1,4) will give the result 2564897.5689
       =ROUND(A1,-4) will give the result 2560000

       Normally By default, Excel will round up the result if your the
   last number of after the specified decimal places is greater than or
   equal to 5. For example, 1.5, when rounded to zero decimal places,
   will always round up the value to show as 2, while 1.4 will be
   rounded down to show as 1. If you want Excel to always round up
   (or round down) the result, you can use the ROUNDUP (and
   ROUNDDOWN) functions. In this case when ROUNDUP is applied
   any decimal will round up to the next higher number or when
   ROUNDDOWN is applied the decimal will round down to the
   lower number. Example:

       =ROUNDUP(1.43237,2) will give the result 1.44
       =ROUNDDOWN(2.5678,2) will give the result 2.56

       Note that the default rounding by Excel would have given the
   first result as 1.43 and the second result as 2.57.

   CEILING(number,significance)
   When you want to round up to a specific unit then the CEILING
   function is the one to use. This can be best explained by means of
   an example. Assume you have a Excel shopping list of many items
   with the varying prices especially in the decimal portion—that is,
   you have one item for Rs. 102.35, another for Rs. 74.85 and so on.
   Now assume that for reasons of tidiness or totalling ease you
   either want it all to be either rounded to the nearest 50 paise or
   rupee. The CEILING function will do it for you.

       =CEILING(102.35,0.5) will give the result 102.50
       =CEILING(74.85,0.5) will give the result 75.00

       In the above example, by setting the significance argument to
   0.5 we tell Excel to round off the number to the nearest point fifth
   of a unit. Thus, if the significance is changed to 1 then the results
   will be 103 and 75 respectively.


                                                            FAST TRACK     151
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                         EXCEL 2007



       TRUNC(number,num_digits)
       If you want to just display the number to a specified number of
       decimal places without any rounding, you can use the Truncate
       function. If you want to simply specify just the portion without
       with the decimal places (the integer portion), do not enter any-
       thing for the num_digits argument.

            For example, when A1 = 2564897.5689456

            =TRUNC(A1) will give the result 2564897
            =TRUNC(A1,2) will give the result 256487.56

            EVEN(number), ODD(number)

          The EVEN and ODD functions round up the number to the
       next EVEN or ODD number.

            For example, if A1 = 564.258

            =EVEN(A1) will give the result 566
            And
            =ODD(A1) will give the result 565

       POWER(number,exponential)
       This is the same as using the caret sign (^) to calculate the expo-
       nential of a given number. For example: =2^8 and =POWER(2,8)
       will both give the result 256.

       SQRT(number)
       Calculates the square root of the number. Example: =SQRT(150)
       will give the result 12.2474487139159. You cannot use negative
       values with the Square Root function. If you do have a negative
       value whose square root you want to find, you’ll need to use the
       absolute value function (ABS) to calculate it. Example: for a value
       of -234, you would enter

            =SQRT(ABS(-234))


152        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                          FUNCTIONS        IX


       SUM(number1,number2,…)

      This is by far the most popular and most widely used of all
   functions in Excel. Select the last cell in a list of numbers and click
   on the AutoSum button (Formulas tab, Functionl Library group) to
   automatically total up the column or row. You can also manually
   specify a range, a named range, a range in another worksheet or
   even one in another workbook.

   Example: =SUM(B1:B34,Sheet4!A12:C34)
   This will total up the cells B1 to B34 in the current worksheet and
   the cells A12 to C34 in Sheet4. Note that there is a maximum of 30
   arguments separated by commas that you can use in a SUM func-
   tion. If the number of arguments exceed 30 then you may need to
   break up the SUM function into two parts.

   SUMIF(range,criteria,[sum_range])
   For those of you plain bored out by SUM and looking for some-
   thing more powerful, check out the SUMIF function. The SUMIF
   function or conditional summing, as its often called, allows you to
   total up a list based on specific criteria. The range argument spec-
   ifies the range of cells that you want Excel to evaluate in the sum
   operation. The criteria argument, as the name implies, is the spe-
   cific set of criteria that you want to apply to the sum operation,
   and the sum_range argument is optional, but indicates the range
   of cells that should be used in the sum function. If the sum_range
   argument is not specified, Excel will sum the entire range speci-
   fied in the range argument after applying the criteria argument.
   This can be better understood by an example.




    Using “SUMIF” to get totals


                                                              FAST TRACK     153
FORMULAS AND
      IX     FUNCTIONS                                             EXCEL 2007



           The above example is a list of books along with their categories
       and price. For the purposes of our totalling task, we are concerned
       with the book category and price, since we want to find the total
       price of the books in each category. Hence, the column that lists the
       category (column D) and the price (column E) become part of the
       range argument (D2:E58). In the example, we have extracted the
       totals for three categories of books: comics, thriller/mystery, and
       romance. These become part of the criteria argument. Finally, the
       price data we want Excel to total up lies in the E2 to E58 range. This
       we specify as the sum_range argument. Hence the formulas used to
       calculate the totals price of books in these categories will be:

            =SUMIF(D2:E58,”=comics”,E2:E58)
            =SUMIF(D2:E58,”=Thriller/Mystery”,E2:E58)
            =SUMIF(D2:E58,”=romance”,E2:E58)

           The SUMIF function is great when you have just one criterion
       to work with, but what if you need to use multiple criteria? This is
       where the Conditional Sum Wizard comes in.

           First you need to activate this Wizard from the Add-ins dialog
       box. To do that, open the Excel option for it by clicking on the
       Office Button and then on the
       Add-ins section. At the bottom
       of the window next to
       “Manage:”, select Excel Add-in
       from the drop-down list and
       click “Go…” Check the
       “Conditional Sum Wizard”
       and click OK. Excel will add
       this Wizard to the Solutions
       group in the Formula tab.
       Click on it to start.

          In the first step, the
       Wizard asks you to select the
       range which contains the          The Conditional Sum Wizard Add-in


154        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                             FUNCTIONS   IX


   information. Select the range and click Nnext.

      In step two, Excel will try to intelligently guess which column
   contains the information to be summed up, and will provide you
   with a drop-down list of the columns with the specific criteria that
   you want to set. Once you’ve specified your selection, click next.

      In step three, you can decide whether you want to copy the
   result to a single cell or copy the formula and its conditional val-
   ues also. We’ve selected to do the latter. Click Next.

      In step four, you select or type in the cell reference where you
   want the result to appear. Make your selection and click Next.
   Excel will now ask you to select the locations where you want to
   place the conditional text values you have specified. Depending on




   The Conditional Sum Wizard: Step 1   Step 2...




   Step 3...                            Step 4

                                                            FAST TRACK    155
FORMULAS AND
      IX      FUNCTIONS                                         EXCEL 2007



       the number of conditions specified, Excel will ask you for the loca-
       tions to place each of them. When you are done, click Finish.




           A list of totals using the Conditional Sum Wizard


           Similarly, you can run the Wizard again and build a list of
       totals based on conditions that you have specified.

         AVERAGE(number1,number 2, …), MIN(number1,number 2, …),
       MAX(number1,number 2, …)

          The Average, Minimum, and Maximum function calculate the
       average, minimum, and maximum for a given list of numbers,
       respectively. If you have a long list of numbers, simply enter the
       function in a new cell and specify the range, or individually select
       each cell you want to include in the calculation. Example: =AVER-
       AGE(A1:A10,B1:B5). Note that you can quickly access all three func-
       tions from the AutoSum drop-down button (Formulas tab,
       Function Library group).

          COUNT(value1,value2,…), COUNTA(value1,value2,…), COUNT-
       BLANK(value1,value2,…)

           The COUNT and COUNTA functions count the cells that contain
       data. The difference between COUNT and COUNTA is that COUNT
       will only count those cells with numeric entries, while COUNTA
       will count both numeric and text entries. The COUNTBLANK func-
       tion, as the name suggests, will count only the blanks in the list.

       COUNTIF(range, criteria)
       Similar to the SUMIF function, the COUNTIF function counts the
       cell in a range based on specified criteria. The range argument as
       the name suggests requires you to specify a range of cells over
       which you will apply the criteria argument. The range argument


156         FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                           FUNCTIONS     IX


   can, as in other cases, refer to a cell range or
   a named range. The criteria argument can
   take many forms—some of which are
   explained below.

      =COUNTIF(A1:D10,7)
      Counts all the cells in the range A1 to
   D10 with the number 7

       =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”Delhi”)
       Counts all the cells in the range with the An Example of COUNT
                                                  functions
   text Delhi. Any text or expression should be
   enclosed in quotes—e.g.: “<13”, “<>234”,”Digit” etc

      =COUNTIF(A1:D10,C7)
      Counts all the cells in the range which matches the contents of
   the cell C7.

      =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”<>”&C7)
      When you want to use operators other than equality then you
   need to use quotes for the operator and join it to the cell reference
   using the & (ampersand) symbol. Thus in the above expression
   Excel will return a count of all the cells where the content “is not
   equal to” the content in cell C7.

       =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”*milk”)
       =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”*orange*”)
       =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”??eat”)

       Using wildcard operators is another powerful way to extract
   information from texts in cells. There are two wild card operators,
   * and ?. The asterisk (*) specifies to search for any text while the
   question mark (?) specifies to search for a specific length of text
   characters. In the first example above, Excel searches for all cells
   in the range ending with the text milk—e.g. chocolate milk, rose
   milk, etc. In the second example Excel searches for all text in the
   range containing the text orange—e.g. florida oranges, orange


                                                            FAST TRACK     157
FORMULAS AND
      IX      FUNCTIONS                                                  EXCEL 2007



       float, etc. In the third example, Excel searches for all cells that
       contain the word ending in “eat”—e.g. treat. Note that with the
       wild card “?” words like meat and feat will fail, since there are two
       question marks specified in the search criteria, so only words with
       two letters and ending in “eat” will be counted.

           For those wanting to get
       into advanced statistical
       analysis, there is also the
       Analysis Toolpak add-in. This
       is available from the Add-ins
       window, under Excel Options,
       which is accessed by clicking
       on the Office button. At the
       bottom of the Add-ins win-
       dow, select Excel Add-ins from
       the drop down next to
       “Manage:” and click Go….
       Select the Analysis ToolPak
       checkbok and click OK.

                                                  The Excel Add-in Box
          Once you’ve activated the
       add-in you can now access all these advanced functions by clicking
       on the Data Analysis button in the Analysis group on the Data tab.

              What we have covered in this chapter is but a sampling of the




           Single-click access to advanced statistical functions


158        FAST TRACK
FORMULAS AND
EXCEL 2007                                         FUNCTIONS       IX


   possibilities in Excel using functions and formulas. The advanced
   and specialised formulas in the categories Text, Lookup &
   Reference, Engineering, Cube, and Information (not covered here)
   also provide you with powerful ways to manage and treat data.

       In most cases, for whatever you are trying to do, there is a good
   likelihood that you can achieve your result by using one function
   or a combination of functions. If you juggle a lot with numbers
   and text, taking the time to get familiar with Excel’s functions and
   formulas has the potential to leapfrog your productivity and save
   you time.




                                                            FAST TRACK     159
EXCEL 2007



                                                                             Notes
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................



160               FAST TRACK
EXCEL 2007

................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................


                                                                                                                                                                   FAST TRACK                       161
EXCEL 2007

      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      .................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................
      ................................................................................................................................................................................................


162               FAST TRACK

More Related Content

PDF
Ms access tutorials
DOCX
Ms office notes
PPTX
Access lesson 2
PDF
excel
PPT
Introduction microsoft excel 2007
PDF
Intro to Microsoft Excel 2007
PPTX
Chapter 1 lesson 2 MS Excel and its Interface
PPTX
Microsoft Excel 2007, things you should KNOW
Ms access tutorials
Ms office notes
Access lesson 2
excel
Introduction microsoft excel 2007
Intro to Microsoft Excel 2007
Chapter 1 lesson 2 MS Excel and its Interface
Microsoft Excel 2007, things you should KNOW

Viewers also liked (12)

DOCX
MS EXCEL 2007
PPTX
Ms excel ppt
PPSX
Excel 2007
PDF
2016 ms excel_bm
PPTX
Introduction to microsoft excel 2007
PPTX
An introduction to microsoft office 2007 lecture
PPTX
Ppt on ms excel
PPT
Teaching Excel
PPTX
Ms excel 2007
PPT
Microsoft 2007 Basics
PPTX
MS EXCEL PPT PRESENTATION
MS EXCEL 2007
Ms excel ppt
Excel 2007
2016 ms excel_bm
Introduction to microsoft excel 2007
An introduction to microsoft office 2007 lecture
Ppt on ms excel
Teaching Excel
Ms excel 2007
Microsoft 2007 Basics
MS EXCEL PPT PRESENTATION
Ad

Similar to 05 2007 excel 2007 (20)

PDF
Training course excel
DOCX
MS Excel Macros/ VBA Project report
PDF
Ms Excel 2007 &amp; 2010 Workshop
PDF
Ecdl v5 module 4 print
PPTX
Excel basics for everyday use part two
DOCX
PDF
Quicktip excel
PPTX
Excel basics for everyday use
PDF
Guide to excel
PDF
Excel Audit Software Aditya Presentations In Agra
PPTX
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
PPTX
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
PPTX
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
PPTX
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
PPTX
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
PPTX
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
PPTX
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
PDF
Zambak it excel2010
PDF
Using Microsoft Excel1 Getting Started
PPTX
MIS 226: Chapter 1
Training course excel
MS Excel Macros/ VBA Project report
Ms Excel 2007 &amp; 2010 Workshop
Ecdl v5 module 4 print
Excel basics for everyday use part two
Quicktip excel
Excel basics for everyday use
Guide to excel
Excel Audit Software Aditya Presentations In Agra
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
Microsoft office excel 2007 english
Zambak it excel2010
Using Microsoft Excel1 Getting Started
MIS 226: Chapter 1
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
TokAI - TikTok AI Agent : The First AI Application That Analyzes 10,000+ Vira...
PDF
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
PDF
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
PDF
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
PDF
gpt5_lecture_notes_comprehensive_20250812015547.pdf
PPT
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
PDF
Architecting across the Boundaries of two Complex Domains - Healthcare & Tech...
PDF
Reach Out and Touch Someone: Haptics and Empathic Computing
PPTX
sap open course for s4hana steps from ECC to s4
PDF
A comparative analysis of optical character recognition models for extracting...
PDF
Network Security Unit 5.pdf for BCA BBA.
PDF
Mobile App Security Testing_ A Comprehensive Guide.pdf
PPTX
Machine Learning_overview_presentation.pptx
PDF
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
PDF
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
PPTX
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence
PDF
Encapsulation_ Review paper, used for researhc scholars
PPT
Teaching material agriculture food technology
PPTX
VMware vSphere Foundation How to Sell Presentation-Ver1.4-2-14-2024.pptx
PPTX
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity
TokAI - TikTok AI Agent : The First AI Application That Analyzes 10,000+ Vira...
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
gpt5_lecture_notes_comprehensive_20250812015547.pdf
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
Architecting across the Boundaries of two Complex Domains - Healthcare & Tech...
Reach Out and Touch Someone: Haptics and Empathic Computing
sap open course for s4hana steps from ECC to s4
A comparative analysis of optical character recognition models for extracting...
Network Security Unit 5.pdf for BCA BBA.
Mobile App Security Testing_ A Comprehensive Guide.pdf
Machine Learning_overview_presentation.pptx
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence
Encapsulation_ Review paper, used for researhc scholars
Teaching material agriculture food technology
VMware vSphere Foundation How to Sell Presentation-Ver1.4-2-14-2024.pptx
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity

05 2007 excel 2007

  • 1. Fast Track to Excel 2007 By Team Digit
  • 2. Credits The People Behind This Book EDITORIAL Deepak Ajwani Editor Ram Mohan Rao Writer, Copy Editor Robert Sovereign-Smith Copy Editor Nimish Chandiramani Copy Editor Abey John Writer Srikanth R Writer Samir Makwana Writer Ashfaq Tapia Writer DESIGN AND LAYOUT Shivshankar Pillai, Vijay Padaya Layout Designers Sivalal S Layout and Cover Design Harsho Mohan Chattoraj Illustrator © Jasubhai Digital Media Published by Maulik Jasubhai on behalf of Jasubhai Digital Media. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of the publisher. May 2007 Free with Digit. Not to be sold separately. If you have paid separately for this book, please e-mail the editor at editor@thinkdigit.com along with details of location of purchase, for appropriate action.
  • 3. Introduction Number Numbness T hat's what Excel takes care of. Make no mistake: Excel is a very, very powerful data handler. From cosmetic enhancements to advanced analysis, Excel does it all. The latest version—Excel 2007, which this little book covers—has undergone more changes in this release of the Microsoft Office suite than have the other programs. With so many of us upgrading to Office 2007, we felt the need to cover Excel 2007 in detail, even though we introduced Excel in an earlier Fast Track edition. Our purpose here is threefold. First, to give you a feel for the new (2007) interface and functionalities; second, to give you an idea of much that Excel is capable of doing; and third, to guide you through some topics in detail, so you can get Excel to work well for you. After starting off with the basics, we go into the details of data presentation—that is, formatting, alignment, and such. Next come several chapters on actually dealing with data, such as dealing with cell references, sorting, organising data into levels, and such. A chap- ter on PivotTables exposes you to this wonderfully useful tool. Then comes the topic of charts, one of the primary uses for Excel—visualis- ing data. We've included two little chapters on macros and graphic ele- ments respectively, and we round off with a chapter on Excel formu- las and functions. We candidly admit that because of its complexity, Excel is a hard topic to cover in perfect detail. You might just find that, for example, a macro or a formula doesn't work exactly as we've explained. In such cases, thankfully, there's always Excel's Help pages to refer to. But we should reiterate that we've striven to make this book such that you'll need to refer to the Help as little as possible, except in the case of formulas and functions, which could fill three entire Fast Track edi- tions! If you've got data to handle, you need Excel. And if you've got Excel, you need this book. And if you've got this book, you're on your way to unleash the capabilities of the best spreadsheet app of all time—well begun is half done!
  • 4. CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Basics 9 1.1 Introduction 10 1.2 The Changes 10 1.3 File Types 16 1.4 Using Fluent 17 1.5 Working With Excel 2007 25 Chapter 2 Document Appearance 35 2.1 Templates 36 2.2 Styles 37 2.3 Themes 40 2.4 General Formatting 42 2.5 Conditional Formatting 44 Chapter 3 Calculations Made Easier 49 3.1 All about cell references 50 3.2 Defined Names 51 3.3 Referring to another Worksheet 52 3.4 Absolute, Relative, and Mixed References 53 3.5 Referring to another Workbook 54 3.6 3D References 56 3.7 Excel Tables 57 3.8 Creating formulas to calculate values 58 3.9 Moving, copying, and editing formulas 60 3.10 Validating data during entry 61 3.11 Finding and correcting errors 64 3.12 Tracing a formula 67 Chapter 4 Organising And Interpreting Data 69 4.1 Data Tables 70 4.2 Sorting and Filtering 73 4.3 Organising Data Into Levels 77 4.4 Summarising Data 79 4.5 Using Indexed Data 81 6 FAST TRACK
  • 5. Chapter 5 Pivot Tables 83 5.1 Creating And Using PivotTables 84 5.2 Analysing Data With PivotTables 87 5.3 Editing And Formatting PivotTables 92 5.4. Creating PivotTables From External Data 94 Chapter 6 Charts 97 6.1 The Chart Group 98 6.2 Types Of Charts 98 6.3 Creating And Customising A Chart 103 6.4 Formatting Chart Elements 104 6.5 Data Labels 107 6.6 Finding Trends In Data 107 6.7 Creating, Re-arranging, 108 And Formatting PivotCharts Chapter 7 Macros 111 7.1 An Introduction To Macros 112 7.2 Preparing To Record Macros 112 7.3 Recording And Using Macros 115 7.4 The Visual Basic Editor 117 7.5 Editing With The VBE 120 Chapter 8 Graphic Elements 123 8.1 The Shapes Group 124 8.2 Drawing Basic Shapes 124 8.3 Formatting Graphic Objects 125 8.4 WordArt 126 8.5 Pictures and ClipArt 128 8.6 SmartArt 129 Chapter 9 Formulas And Functions 133 9.1. The Basics 134 9.2 Logical Functions 138 9.3 Date and Time Functions 140 9.4 Financial Functions 147 9.5 Maths & Statistical Functions 150 Notes 160 FAST TRACK 7
  • 6. The Basics T he new version of Microsoft Office, the de facto office application suite on most PCs, was in the works for a long time. But between MS Office 2003 and MS Office 2007 are conspicuous changes which justify the long gestation.
  • 7. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 1.1 Introduction For those of us who went over to the OpenOffice camp—partly because of the cost, partly because of the bloat, and partly because of the sense of geeky pride from not succumbing to the “dark side,” MS Office 2007 will be hard to resist—thanks largely to the gorgeous new interface. MS has gone that extra yard to entice peo- ple back into its fold by offering a 60-day free trial of the software. A sub-300 MB package containing four constituents of MS Office— Excel, Word, PowerPoint, and OneNote, called MS Office Home and Student 2007, can be downloaded from http://us7.trymicrosoftof- fice.com/default.aspx?culture=en-US (http://tinyurl.com/yredyg) after signing up for a free serial. While one can appreciate the UI immediately after installing, it needs to be activated online before it can be used to create or modify documents. Microsoft also offers an online demo of the new software. The minimum system requirements for Office 2007 are Windows XP with SP2 (it will not install if SP2 is not detected) or later, a 500 MHz CPU, 256 MB of RAM, a monitor supporting 1024 x 768 resolution, and 1.5 GB of hard disk space. But Microsoft admits that this will not be adequate to use all the features of the package. For example, to be able to use the Grammar and Contextual Spelling features in Word 2007, at least 1 GB of memo- ry is required; the Business Contact Manager feature in Outlook 2007 requires a 1 GHz CPU. 1.2 The Changes 1.2.1 The New User Interface The MS Office user interface has been revamped, and the change is revolutionary rather than evolutionary. Microsoft describes it as a “results-oriented user interface” and elaborates, in the help file: “Commands and features that were often buried in complex menus and toolbars are now easier to find on task-oriented tabs that contain logical groups of commands and features.” We can’t put it better. 10 FAST TRACK
  • 8. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I The UI is such an important piece of programming artistry that it even gets a separate name—“Fluent.” Microsoft Office Fluent is the common UI presented in Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Access. Fluent has many components, with the most important one being the Ribbon. The other notable components are named the MS Office Button, the Mini Toolbar, and the Quick Access Toolbar. Feature-wise, Formula AutoComplete, Live Preview, and Gallery are notable inclusions, but these do not appear as controls, rather as usage aids. All these compo- nents are discussed in detail in the next sec- tion. Fluent also sports a new charting engine which goes a long way in making presentations and charts look… awe- some. The interface is Office Button and quick access Toolbar definitely a beauty, with the rounded corners, shiny buttons and translucent panels, but those with a more sombre inclination would not like the fact that there’s no option to switch to a less flashy interface. 1.2.2 Components of Fluent We now take a closer look at the new UI as implemented in Excel 2007. The MS Office Button is the replacement for the File menu of the previous versions. This button occupies the left-hand top of the window. It contains the options found previously under the File menu, like Save, Print, program options, etc. It can be activated by the [Alt] + [F] shortcut key combination as before, despite “F” not appearing either in its name or on the button. The Ribbon is the replacement for all the other menus and tool- bars. It is a banner that occupies the top of the window. Its design FAST TRACK 11
  • 9. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 is tab-based, and the corresponding options and icons are dis- played whenever a tab is selected. By default, the Ribbon has seven tabs—Home, Insert, Page Layout, Formulas, Data, Review, and View, and between them they cover most of the common user options. Other tabs, called Contextual Tabs, appear as and when needed depending on the object being worked with. In the case of Excel, the Developer Tab appears only when enabled in the appli- cation’s preferences window. The icons under each tab are grouped logically into blocks on the Ribbon, and only the most frequently-used command icons are displayed. In case more options need to be displayed, a small link at the bottom of the block can be clicked to pop out a separate win- dow containing all the options. Besides the preset tabs, context-sensitive tabs appear on the Ribbon depending on the object selected. For example, tabs relat- ing to charts— like Design, Layout, and Format—only appear after a chart is created The Ribbon or selected. The Mini Toolbar pops up on selecting a particular cell’s con- tents. When dealing with a block of cells, it pops up next to the context menu, on right-click- ing. The Mini Toolbar con- tains the frequently-used for- matting options, and signifi- cantly decreases the mouse navigation involved. Options in the Mini Toolbar include A look at the Mini toolbar font changes, numbering and bulleting, and more. 12 FAST TRACK
  • 10. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I Formula AutoComplete is another useful feature along the same lines as the Mini Toolbar. It is a window that pops up next to the cell whenever a user begins to type out a formula in it. The window contains a list of functions matching the letters typed by the user, with a brief description of what the function achieves. Auto-completing formulae On selecting a function, the windows displays the syntax of that function, thus decreasing the chances of the user making an error. The configurable Quick Access Toolbar appears at the top left, next to the Office Button. It is a placeholder to add buttons for easy one-click access. If required, buttons can be added to or deleted from the toolbar, by using the adjacent The Quick Access Toolbar Customize button. The Toolbar by default has a file save, undo, and redo buttons. Other thoughtful touches include the much easier zoom con- trol. This is now present as a horizontally sliding control at the bottom left of the window. Zoom and Page View controls Next to the zoom control is the Page View control, which can be used to check the Page Break preview and the print page layout with one click. 1.2.3 Features Live Preview is a useful feature in the new UI. Unlike earlier ver- sions where the results of formatting would be visible only after they were applied, in this version, just hovering the cursor over a FAST TRACK 13
  • 11. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 formatting option will reflect the change in the content. This removes the need for undoing any applied changes if one is not satisfied. Conceptually similar to the Live Preview feature is Gallery, a feature that rather than merely listing the name of an effect, graphically displays its sample application, Using Live Preview making it easier for the user to choose a desirable effect. For example, rather that display the possi- ble colours for a table, the gallery dis- plays the table in various colours. Using the Gallery While the emphasis of the UI is to make it easier for newcom- ers to work with the application, veterans will not be put off, since the same shortcut combinations are usable. If needed the ribbon can be switched off, to maximise viewing area, by double-clicking on any tab. 1.2.4 Internal Changes Besides the changes in the interface, the computational limits of Excel have been pushed further. The number of rows and columns have been increased to 1048576 and 16384 respectively. Contrast this with the earlier limits of 65536 rows and 256 columns. To be able to handle this larger spreadsheet, MS Office now is able to use up all the RAM supported by the OS (4 GB in case of a 32-bit OS; specifically, in Excel, there is a 2 GB limit), compared to the previous maximum of 1 GB. And the software has also been optimised or multi-threaded to make better use of multi-core CPUs. Under certain circumstances, as mentioned at http://blogs.msdn.com/excel/archive/2005/11/03/ 488822.aspx (http://tinyurl.com/2lv88a), this allows Excel 2007 to complete a task twice as fast as the previous version. Other enhance- ments include the increase in the number of characters a cell can 14 FAST TRACK
  • 12. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I hold—from 1024 to 32768; an increase in the number of unique colours allowed in a spreadsheet—from 56 to 4.3 billion; etc. The entire list of enhancements can be found at http://blogs.msdn.com/excel/archive/2005/09/26/474258.aspx (http://tinyurl.com/b6xd7). The new UI would give an impression of a development bias towards presentation and appearance aspects in Office 2007. And this impression is further fortified by the inclusion a few new visu- ally exciting features. Newly intro- duced in this version is the concept of themes, which allows a set of for- matting options to be saved and/or applied as a unit. The same theme can be applied across Office applica- tions—Word, Excel, and PowerPoint—making it possible to easily create similar-looking docu- ments. Also, now, there are more options to spruce up a spreadsheet with images, diagrams, graphs and charts, and Word Art. Graphical Many graphics options to use components and charts in a spread- sheet can now be rendered in many more styles and colour combi- nations, and have greater customisation options. The new charting engine in Office 2007 is responsible for all the snazzy graphics. While the above-mentioned examples of an emphasis on visu- al appeal—better looking charts and colour coded documents— would seem irrelevant to some Excel users, Excel now has the abil- ity to use cell properties, and not just cell contents, as parameters for data manipulation. For example, if after Conditional Formatting, one has a range of cells with different colours, it is now possible to sort the range on the cell colours, so that all cells with the same colour are grouped. Combined, these two capabili- ties make Excel an even better tool for interpreting large amounts of data. CF is discussed in detail in the Chapter 2. FAST TRACK 15
  • 13. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 1.3 File Types To store documents, Office 2007 now uses the Office XML format, which is based on XML (eXtensible Markup Language), a platform- independent and open-standard language. Any application that can work with XML, irrespective of the operating system or system hardware, can be used to work with Office documents saved in the new format. The new file formats also use ZIP technology to com- press files. Microsoft claims that a document saved in the new for- mat will be up to 75 per cent smaller than when stored in the pre- vious format. There is more than one new format introduced in Excel 2007. Excel workbooks are by default now saved in the XLSX format. This file format doesn’t support the execution of macros, and therefore is not advisable in case a spreadsheet contains them. The XLTX format is used to store template spreadsheets that do not support macros. The other format, which supports macros, is XLSM. Spreadsheet templates containing macro code are saved as XSTM files. By creating distinct file formats for macro-including files, it has now become easier to identify such files before opening them. This allows the user to take precautionary measures to prevent any malicious code embedded as a macro from executing on open- ing the file. The file format which is optimised for faster saving and load- ing is XLSB. Unlike XML based files, which use ordinary text to store data, XLSB files are stored in unzipped, binary format. This makes it application dependent, unlike the XML based files. The last new format is XLAM, which is used to save files that include add-in generated data. Add-ins are sub-applications that extend the functionality of Excel. For compatibility with the previous versions, the XLS format needs to be used. Needless to say, documents saved in the older for- 16 FAST TRACK
  • 14. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I mat will lose all customisations created in Excel 2007. Ergo, by default, before performing this retrograde action, the user is given a warning, and a list of all losses that will occur as a result. Besides these formats, Excel can also save spreadsheets in other formats by using add-ins. Probably the most desirable of these would be an add-in to create PDF files which can be down- loaded from www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?fami- lyid=f1fc413c-6d89-4f15-991b-63b07ba5f2e5&displaylang=en (http://tinyurl.com/n8fcy). Microsoft has developed a file format that offers portability as PDF, called XPS for XML Paper Specifications. Files saved in this format retain their formatting and layout when opened with the associated viewer irrespective of the OS and system hardware. To save in XPS, an add-in is needed, and a viewer is needed to view the files independently. Both these can be down- loaded from www.microsoft.com/whdc/xps/viewxps.mspx (http://tinyurl.com/37z3yk). Microsoft has released a Compatibility Pack that will allow older MS Office versions to open and save files in the newer for- mat. This pack can be downloaded from www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=941b347 0-3ae9-4aee-8f43-c6bb74cd1466&DisplayLang=en (http://tinyurl.com/y5w78r). The same pack can also be used to enable MS Office viewers to open Office 2007 files. 1.4 Using Fluent 1.4.1 Using the Office Button Most of the options under the Office Button are a familiar sight to users. The options Open, Save, Save As, Print, and Print Preview remain unchanged. Under the Prepare Menu, one can use the Inspect Document Option to vet the document for any private FAST TRACK 17
  • 15. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 information that may have not been deleted, and may potentially be misused—for example, comments, annotations, and hidden text that are only meant for an internal audience. The Compatibility Checker will reveal features that will be lost if the document is saved in a format that can be opened in older versions of Office. The Encrypt Document option can be used to add a pass- word to a spreadsheet. The Excel Options button reveals the options to config- ure Excel. Besides other options, the default colour— blue—of the UI can be changed here. By default, Excel uses ClearType, a Microsoft technology that improves the appearance of text on-screen, especially LCD screens. This can be dis- abled here. The Mini Toolbar and Live Preview features The Excel Options menu can also be disabled here. 1.4.2 Using the Ribbon As mentioned, there are seven tabs by default on the Ribbon. We quickly review the contents under each tab. 1.4.2.1 The Home Tab Under the Home tab are the main formatting tools. Here one will find all font formatting and paragraph formatting options. This tab also contains the Clipboard Block, which contains tools like copy and paste. The clipboard tool tracks the contents of the clip- board, and if required, it can be launched by clicking on the bot- tom left corner of the block. This will reveal the previous entries in the clipboard, and if required, any of the entries can be select- ed for pasting in the document. The Font Block contains the usual 18 FAST TRACK
  • 16. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I Here are the buttons avaiable to you under the Home tab font formatting tools and more options, and be accessed by click- ing on the pop out link at the bottom left of the block. The Alignment block contains the cell text formatting tools, like indentation, alignment, etc. This block also offers more options through the pop out. The Number block offers options for format- ting cell content of different types, like date, percentage, etc. The Styles block offers the powerful Conditional Formatting tool, which is discussed in detail later. This block also offers a way to easily format a group of cells as a unit by using the “Format as a Table” tool. Preset Colour combinations can also be applied by using the Cell Styles tool. The Cell Block allows inserting, deleting and formatting cells, rows, columns and sheets. The Editing block contains tools to find, replace, sort data, clear cell contents, etc. 1.4.2.2 The Insert Tab This one contains tools to insert different types of content in the spreadsheet. All these are grouped into different blocks. The Table block allows insertion of a Table or a Pivot Table. The Illustrations Block has tools to insert Pictures and Clipart. Of special interest is the Smart Art Tool, which is a new feature. This contains pre-built If there’s something you need to insert into your workbook, find it here diagrams depicting scenarios like Flowchart, Hierarchy etc. The pre-made diagrams save the user considerable time and effort. The Chart block contains tools to insert charts of different types like Pie, Bar, etc. The Hyperlinks block allows inserting links to other sheets in the same spreadsheet or to other spreadsheets locally or to any document online. The Text block contains tools to insert textual content like Word Art, Headers and Footers, and content from other sources like Word or PowerPoint documents, etc. FAST TRACK 19
  • 17. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 1.4.2.3 The Page Layout Tab This contains the usual Page Setup options like Page Orientation, Margins, Background, etc. under the Page Setup block. The Scale to Fit and Sheet Option group different tools to modify the spread- sheet viewing options. Under the Arrange Block, one can modify the arrangement of the different objects in the spreadsheet like Pictures, Graphs, etc. The Themes block has the tools to specify document themes, which is explained in detail in Chapter 2. Options for the Ppage Layout tab 1.4.2.4 The Formula tab The Formula Tab offers different options to manage different func- tions in the spreadsheet. In the Function Library block, all the sup- ported functions are listed under different categories—Financial, Engineering, Statistical, etc. The Formula Auditing block lists tools to verify dependencies and other aspects of the formula in the spread- sheet. The Defined Name Block contains tools to create and manage cell blocks by giving them names. The Calculation Block contains tools to control how Excel calculates values in the spreadsheet. Inserting formulae was never simpler with the Formula tab 1.4.2.5 The Data Tab This tab has the tools to organise, summarise, and analyse data in the spreadsheet. The Get External Data block groups tools to get data from external sources into the spreadsheet. Excel supports data importing from text files, XML files, SQL databases, and more. Connections to databases can be controlled by using tools in the Connection Block. Sort and Filter, Data Tools and Outline blocks contain tools to manage data tables in the spreadsheet. 20 FAST TRACK
  • 18. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I Controlling your data from the Data tab 1.4.2.6 The Review Tab This one contains tools to verify non-numerical data in the spread- sheet, in the form of a dictionary and other tools grouped under the Proofing block. The Comments block contains tools to insert and manage comments in the spreadsheet. The Changes block contains tools to track changes made by other users in the spread- sheet and also to restrict write permissions to the spreadsheet. Choose how you want to Review your workbook 1.4.2.7 The View Tab This tab contains tools to control the display of the spreadsheet, categorised under the blocks titled Workbook Views, Show/Hide, Zoom, and Window. The Macro Block can be used to view existing macros and create new ones. See different views 1.4.2.8 The Developer Tab This remains hidden by default, and needs to be enabled from the Excel Options window under the Office Button. Under the Developer Tab, one can find the tools needed to use Excel as a application to accept user input, under the Control Block; besides tools to manage macros, under the Code block. The XML block con- tains tools to import and manage XML data sources. FAST TRACK 21
  • 19. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 If you just have to code, use the Developer tab 1.4.2.9 The Smart Art Tools Tab The two tabs under the Smart Art Tools category, Design and Format, appear on selecting or inserting Smart Art objects. These Insert and edit SmartArt tabs contain the tools to create, modify, and format Smart Art graphics. Unlike the other tabs mentioned above, the Smart Art Tools tab and the others that follow are contextual in nature and appear only when the concerned object is created or selected. 1.4.2.10 The Table Tools Tab The Table Tools tab, and its sole sub-category, the Design Tab, appear only if a Table is created or selected. The Properties block contains the options to change the table name and its data range. The Tools block has tools to sum- marise the data as a Pivot Table. Managing tables in Excel The Table 22 FAST TRACK
  • 20. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I Style options and Table Styles blocks contain the various style options for the table. 1.4.2.11 The PivotTable Tools Tab This tab has two sub-categories, Options and Design, which con- tain all the options to work with PivotTables. They appear only on inserting or selecting a PivotTable. Going to a whole new level with Pivot tables 1.4.2.12 The Picture Tools Tab Inserting or selecting a Picture will cause the Format tab, a sub- category of the Picture Tools tab, to appear. Under it, one can find options to modify picture parameters like contrast and brightness under Adjust Block. The presentation of the picture, its angle, bor- der, shadowing, etc. can be altered under the tools grouped under the Picture Styles block. The Arrange block provides tools to change the position of the picture, while the Size block allows the picture to be cropped or resized. Adding graphics to your workbook with the Picture Tools tab FAST TRACK 23
  • 21. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 1.4.2.13 The Chart Tools Tab Inserting or selecting a Chart will cause the Chart Tools tab to appear, with three sub-categories. These are the Design, Layout, and Format tabs. Under these three tabs, grouped in blocks, are the tools to modify the data ranges, type, presentation of the chart, and other aspects of the chart. Inserting Charts into your workbook 1.4.2.14 The Header and Footer Tools Tab This tab, with its Design sub-category, appears when dealing with Headers or Footers. It contains various values that can be inserted as headers or footers, like page number, date, time, etc. Here, one can also modify the location of the header and footer. Control print options using the Header and Footer Tools tab 1.4.2.15 The Drawing Tools Tab The Format tab under the Drawing Tools tab appears on selecting or creating Word Art and Shapes. This contains the various colour- ing, rendering, and sizing options for such graphics. 24 FAST TRACK
  • 22. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I When all else fails, draw it out yourself All the above-mentioned tabs will be discussed in detail in the following chapters when their usage is deliberated upon. 1.5 Working With Excel 2007 We now cover a few basic operations in Excel. 1.5.1 Entering and Editing Cell Entries Entering a value in a cell involved selecting it and typing out the value. To change the value in a cell, you can either double-click on the cell or select the cell and press [F2]. After the necessary changes are made, selecting another cell or pressing [Enter] com- pletes the process. Of special mention here is the Formula AutoComplete feature newly incorporated in Excel. 1.5.1.1 Formula AutoComplete This feature makes it easier to work with functions. Every time the user begins to start typing out a function, a pop up appears below the cell listing all function starting with that letter. The high- lighted function has a brief definition alongside. The function list can be scrolled using the Up and Down direction keys, and after the desired function has been identified, it can be inserted into the cell using the [Tab] key. After the function has been inserted, the pop-up displays the syntax. This makes it easier for the user to input the correct values or cell references. The parameter deserving attention is displayed FAST TRACK 25
  • 23. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 in bold. The optional parameters are circumscribed in square brackets. Clicking on the function name in this pop-up launches Excel Help and takes the user to the page containing a detailed description of the function. Formula Autocomplete syntax It is possible to nest many functions, and every time a new function is started, a second pop-up appears listing the available function options. After inserting a new function, the pop-up dis- plays the syntax of the latest function. The pop-up remains active till the final function is properly closed, with round brackets. 1.5.2 Moving and Copying Data The controls to move or copy data from one location to another is grouped under the Clipboard block, under the Home tab. One can also use the context menu for this purpose. Select the cell or range of cells that needs to be copied or moved. Choose Copy or Cut from the Ribbon. Then select the cell where the data needs to be relocated, the target location, and click on the paste button. This will overwrite any data pre- viously existing on the selected cells. By default, the cells are copied carte blanche, including cell content, cell formatting, comments, formula, etc. To fine- tune the content that is trans- Many ways to Paste ferred, one needs to use the Paste 26 FAST TRACK
  • 24. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I Special option. Here, one can pick and choose which of the con- tents need to be transferred. Besides data relocation, Paste Special can also be used to perform the basic mathematical operations simultaneously. If the target location is already populated, rather than simply pasting source data over them, operations like Add, Subtract, Divide, and Multiply can be performed. So after the paste, the results of the operation on the source and target data are dis- Paste Special is really special this time round played. Paste Special can also be used to convert a row of cells into a column of cells and vice versa by using the Transpose option. Paste As Hyperlink is a feature that allows a hyperlink to the source location to be created at the target location. Clicking on the hyperlink takes the user to the source location. Paste as Link creates an equation with an absolute reference to the source location at the target location. FAST TRACK 27
  • 25. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 If one would like to avoid overwriting existing data at the target location, the option Insert Copied Cells, available in the context menu, can be used. This allows the existing cells to be shifted either down or to the right to make space for the additional data. 1.5.3 Adding and Managing Comments Tools to add and manage comments are grouped in the Comments block under the Review tab. Here one can add comments, delete comments and browse through all comments sequentially. Comments are visible only when the mouse cursor hovers over the cell which contains it. Cell with comments are marked with a red tack on the top right. To make the comments visible permanently, the Show All Comments option can be used. All the above options Add comments for colleagues are also accessible from the context menu available by right-click- ing on a cell. 1.5.4 Finding and Replacing Data The tools to achieve this are grouped under the Editing block under the Home Tab. Excel now can even search for (and replace/modify) cell properties, not just cell contents. For exam- ple, now it is possible to search for cells which have single-lined borders, and modify the border into a double-lined one. To use the Find function, one can either use [Ctrl] + [F] ([Ctrl] + [H] for Find and Replace, though the Find window invariably carries the Replace tab), or click on the Find option (or Find and Replace option) under the Find and Select menu. To search for 28 FAST TRACK
  • 26. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I cell content, the necessary options are presented, but to search for Cell properties as well, the Extended Options needs to be accessed by clicking on the Options button. This reveals all the possible parameters on which a search can be conducted. Among the parameter options, besides cell value, are cell colour, cell border, font colour, text alignment, text format- ting, and more. The user can either select from these options, or choose to use the formats already applied to a cell by using the “Choose Format from Cell” button. Other conditions like the scope of the search and whether to match case can also be specified. In case matching occurrences need to be modified or replaced, one can use the Replace tab to specify the modifications. Here, too, format changes can be user specified or adopted from a cell. For finding matching occurrences of these parameters, the Find All button can be clicked, and all occurrences are displayed in the same window. Clicking on any of the entries takes one to the specific cell matching the criteria. If needed, the replacements can be made individually, or the Replace All button can be used to make all modifications at one go. The Find and Select menu also offers other tools to quickly get to specific data on a spreadsheet. In the Find and Select drop-down, selecting any of the e n t r i e s — l i k e Comments, Formula, etc.—will highlight those cells containing that specific resource. One can use the Selection Pane to view a listing of all objects in the spreadsheet and Use the Selection Pane FAST TRACK 29
  • 27. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 control the visi- bility of each. The Go To entry can be used to get to a particular cell, and its enhanced version—Go To Special—can be used to get to cells containing specific content, like a formula, a comment, etc. Go To Special. 1.5.5 Sharing Data across Excel, Word, and PowerPoint All three applications mentioned above allow other document types to be embedded in their respective documents as Objects. Since the Ribbon is the same for all applications, the process to embed a Word document into an Excel spreadsheet is similar to the one required to embed a spreadsheet into a PowerPoint Presentation. The sole difference, of course, is the document type to be selected in each case. We shall discuss only one scenario for each of the methods: inserting a Word Document into an Excel sheet by using the embed object procedure, and inserting a spreadsheet into a PowerPoint by using the Paste Special Routine. Since they share the same lineage, it is much easier to transfer data across these applications, in comparison to using data from other applications like OpenOffice Writer. There are two ways to do so. The first one is by using the capability to insert an external document as an Object, and the other is to use the Paste Special Feature to insert data from another application. 30 FAST TRACK
  • 28. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I 1.5.5.1 Insert Object The tool to embed an object is available in the Text block under the Insert Tab. The Object button opens a window, listing, under the Create New tab, all the possible external document types that can be embedded. Selecting a Microsoft Office Word Document type will create a text box for text to be entered. To insert an existing Word Document, use the Create from File tab to choose the relevant docu- ment. The options listed alongside allow the embedded document to be shown as an icon or as text, and also allow the document Insert an Object window to be linked from the spreadsheet. Enabling linking will keep the embedded document updated every time the source document is changed. Otherwise, a static, current copy of the document is embedded in the spreadsheet. 1.5.5.2 Paste Special The Paste Special Routine is much easier and quicker, and is rec- ommended in all cases except where the copied data in the clip- board is not correctly identified. For example, if the source data is copied from an OpenOffice document, the Paste Special routine will not list such an object. To insert an Excel spreadsheet or part of it into a PowerPoint presentation, just copy the required cells in the spreadsheet, open the presentation, and choose the Paste Special option from the drop-down menu under the Paste button in the Clipboard Block under the Home Tab. This will pop up a window listing the docu- ment types in the clipboard, among which the data from Excel will FAST TRACK 31
  • 29. I THE BASICS EXCEL 2007 be identified. If needed, the option to Paste Link can be enabled so that changes in the source are reflected in the current document. Paste Special for External data Irrespective of the method used, the unlinked embedded object can be edited from within the host document by double- clicking on it or by using the Document Object option in the Context menu of the object. This will cause the default Ribbon to be replaced with the Ribbon from the native application of the source document. After the changes have been made, on clicking outside the object, the default Excel Ribbon contents reappear. If the document is linked during the embedding process, editing the document separately launches the native application, and during the editing process, the object remains greyed out in the host doc- ument, to avoid a sharing violation. Linked external data needs to be updated when the host docu- ment is opened to reflect changes, if any. The user’s permission is sought before the updating process is launched. 32 FAST TRACK
  • 30. EXCEL 2007 THE BASICS I Word Ribbon in Excel 1.5.6 Saving a worksheet as a Web page To save a spreadsheet to be viewed by a browser, one needs to use the Save As menu available under the Office Button. Selecting the Other Formats Option will open a windows with a “Save as Type” drop down. Select the “Single File Web Page” format to save the spreadsheet as a Web page. If a workbook has more than one spreadsheet, a particular spreadsheet or a range of cells can also be saved by selecting the relevant option presented in the same window. It needs to be noted that the file is saved in the .mht or .mhtml format. Multiple spreadsheet files saved in this format are only accessible with Internet Explorer. Files containing a single spreadsheet can also be opened with Opera. FAST TRACK 33
  • 31. Document Appearance T he Visual aspects of a spreadsheet receive a lot of attention in Excel 2007. In this chapter, we look at the features in Excel 2007 that make it easier to manage the formatting options of a spreadsheet.
  • 32. II DOCUMENT APPEARANCE EXCEL 2007 2.1 Templates Spreadsheet templates make it easier to create spreadsheets that look and work similarly. The need for templates can be easily felt when a user has to frequently create spreadsheets sharing similar formulas and formatting, with just the user-entered data changing. By creating the spreadsheet once and using it as a template for every subsequent spreadsheet, considerable time and effort can be saved. Excel comes preloaded with seven templates, and more can be freely downloaded from the Microsoft site. The preinstalled templates are displayed when the Installed Templates button in the New Spreadsheet menu—under the Office Button—is clicked. These include those designed to be used as Sales Report, Expense Report, etc. The themes on the MS site can be viewed and downloaded in the Use the preloaded templates same window. The online tem- plates are categorised and listed under the Microsoft Office Online heading. Categories like Receipts, Planners, Reports, etc., are listed here, and clicking on any of these will reveal the tem- plates available at the Windows site. The templates can be pre- viewed and downloaded from there. A user can create custom templates from normal Excel files (.xlsx) or macro-included Excel files (.xlsm), by using the Save As button to save them as ordinary templates (.xltx) or templates with macros (.xltm) respectively. If the custom template so creat- ed is saved in the default user template folder (Documents and SettingsUsernameApplication DataMicrosoftTemplates), this template shows up under the My Templates collection when a New Spreadsheet is created. The “New from Existing” option can be used to load a template saved elsewhere or to use an exist- ing spreadsheet as a template. 36 FAST TRACK
  • 33. EXCEL 2007 DOCUMENT APPEARANCE II Template files are similar to regular files in almost all respects. The sole difference is that after using a template, on saving the document, a new file with the default Excel exten- sion is created (.xlsx). This protects the template from being overwritten by the user. If a template file needs to be modified, it again needs to be saved as a template (.xltx) by using the Save As option. 2.2 Styles 2.2.1 Cell Styles A Cell Style is a combination of the different format options that can be applied to a cell and its contents, like Cell colour, Border, Number Formatting, Font style, Font colour etc. By defining a cell style, consist- ing of the different formatting options, it becomes possible to apply all of the formatting in one stroke, Some Cell Style options rather than individually. Under the Cell Styles drop-down, one can find the different suggested style options under the “Good, Bad and Neutral”, “Data and Model”, “Themed Cell Styles”, etc. headings. The “Good, Bad and Neutral” group lists three cell styles, besides Normal formatting—Red Font in Red Background, Green Font in Green Background, and Yellow Font in Yellow Background, labelled Bad, Good and Neutral respectively. The labelling allows those styles to be used as colour codes; for example, cells marked with the “Bad” style can convey the meaning to the user (if using the same version of Excel) that the particular cell contents met with disapproval. Besides the suggested styles, a user can create custom styles, using “New Cell Style” in the same drop-down. FAST TRACK 37
  • 34. II DOCUMENT APPEARANCE EXCEL 2007 Selecting this will open a window where the range of options available to the user is displayed. Besides cell colour, A style can influence, other aspects like font features, cell border, cell protection, and alignment. The Format button will pop up a window with all available options. After selecting the required combination, the style can be named and saved, and will appear in the Cell Style drop-down. New Cell Style options If desired, cell styles from other spreadsheets can be imported into the current one, by using the Merge Cell Styles option. 2.2.2 Format as Table This option allows a range of cells to be marked and manipulated as a unit. A Table can be seen as a subset of a spreadsheet, and consisting of data that is related. Converting a range of cells as a table allows Data Manipulation tools, like Sorting and Filtering, to be used on it. The “Format as Table” button not only offers formatting options for the range of cells, but also by Table format options default inserts data manipulation controls in the first row, called the header row, of the table. The data controls allow sorting and filtering the table data. Excel preloads a few colour schemes for a table. These are displayed as a Gallery (recall the Gallery feature of the new UI) on clicking the “Format as More table format options 38 FAST TRACK
  • 35. EXCEL 2007 DOCUMENT APPEARANCE II Table” button. After the desired scheme is selected, the range of cells to be used for the table needs to be identified. The for- matting is then applied. By default, if the range of cells did not have a header row, Header Row and Data controls the first row is taken as the header row, and will now sport small drop-down menu but- tons. These can be used to per- form data manipulation opera- tions on the table, as discussed in detail in Chapter 4. If the preloaded options are not satisfactory, the user can create custom styles by using the New Table Style and New Pivot Table Style links in the Choosing a new table style Format as Table drop-down. This will pop up a window presenting the different areas in the table that can be formatted. The adjoining preview area will dis- play the results of the selections. Once a satisfactory scheme is arrived at, it can be named as saved, and will henceforth be pre- sented in the Format as Table drop-down list. If the user prefers to use the just created colour scheme as the default in the current spreadsheet, the option to “Set as Default Table Quick Style for this Document” can be enabled. Selecting a Table will create a new tab in the Ribbon: “Design”. Under this tab, the user can further tweak the Table Style. Under the Table Style options, besides other things, the Header Row can be disabled in case the user has no use for the data tools. The Table Styles block displays a gallery of the other possible table styles. FAST TRACK 39
  • 36. II DOCUMENT APPEARANCE EXCEL 2007 While the process of converting a range of cells to a Table is easy, the reverse is relatively cumbersome. Re-converting a table to a normal cell range requires one to first remove the formatting. If the range did not have a header row and if it was automatically included while Formatting as a Table, it has to be deleted by dis- abling the Header Row from the Table Styles Block. Then the for- matting can be removed by using the Clear option presented in the Table Styles drop-down in the Design Tab. After the formatting is removed, one can use the “Convert to Range” button in the Tools block under the Design tab. 2.3 Themes Grouped in the Themes Block, under the Page Layout tab, is another new feature of Office 2007—Themes. This, as is obvious, offers an easy way to create a colour co-ordinated document. Office comes preloaded with 20 themes, and more can be down- loaded from the Microsoft site by using the “More Themes on Microsoft Office online” link, which opens http://office. microsoft.com/en-us/templates/CT101043361033.aspx (http://tinyurl.com/yeo9ss) in the default browser. The same themes are available across all applications that use the Ribbon—namely Word, Excel, and PowerPoint, so it becomes eas- ier to create documents in these applications sharing the same colour scheme. Themes influence colour and font characteristics of spread- sheet data, and the rendering style of embedded graphics like Chart, Word Art, etc. The Themes block also contains buttons to manage these three sub-categories of a theme. The components of a theme can be mixed and matched according to the user’s needs. For example, the default colour scheme of the Verve theme can be replaced with that of the Equity theme, as can the Font and Effects. If none of the existing themes’ colour codes is to the user’s satisfaction, a custom colour code can be created and applied. The same can be done in the case of the Fonts. Effects, 40 FAST TRACK
  • 37. EXCEL 2007 DOCUMENT APPEARANCE II unfortunately, cannot be user-created, and the user is limited to choosing from one of the themes. To apply a theme, one clicks on the Theme button. Thanks to the Live Preview feature, hovering the mouse over any theme causes the spreadsheet to reflect the changes. To apply a theme, just click on the desired theme. To change the colour code of a theme, use the Colors button. The Live Preview will show the expected changes as the mouse hovers over each entry. To apply any colour code, just click on the rele- vant entry. To create a custom colour The Themes menu code, one uses the Create New Theme Colours in the same drop-down. This will open a win- dow containing all the items whose colour can be changed. The adjoining preview area will show the changes. After a satis- factory scheme is created, it can be named and saved. This will be shown in the Colors drop-down above the default colour schemes, and can be used just like the others. Changing themes colour options To change the default fonts of a theme, one selects the Fonts drop-down. A live preview of the changes is shown as the list is scrolled. The required font can be applied with a click on the rele- vant entry. To create a custom font combination, one uses the Create New theme fonts link at the bottom of the drop-down. This will reveal a window where one can choose the desired font. After a suitable selection has been made, the combination can be FAST TRACK 41
  • 38. II DOCUMENT APPEARANCE EXCEL 2007 Font options for themes Some Effects Options named and saved. This custom creation will appear on the Fonts drop-down, and can be selected. The Effects button lists the differ- ent colour schemes that can be used for the embedded graphics objects in the spreadsheet. The custom-created combination of Colour, Fonts and Effects can be saved as a custom theme using the “Save Current Theme” option in the Themes Menu. User-created themes appear above the default themes in the Themes drop-down menu. 2.4 General Formatting The most popular formatting tools are under the Home tab. 2.4.1 The Font and Alignment Block The tools to change the font family, font size, cell border, text alignment, etc. are covered in the Font block. Worthy of mention is the Live Preview available for the font family, font size, cell colour, and font colour selections. In the Alignment block, one can find the controls to change the horizontal and vertical alignment and the indenting. A con- trol to modify text orientation is also available. This allows chang- 42 FAST TRACK
  • 39. EXCEL 2007 DOCUMENT APPEARANCE II ing the orientation of the text easily. Quickly apply-able options include rotating the text by 45 or 90 degrees clockwise or anti-clockwise. Text can also be set vertically. More options are available by clicking on the small link at the bottom left of the block. There exists a control to wrap the text so that the cell height increases to More font options accommodate multiple lines of text, in case all the text cannot be displayed in a single line. The “Merge and Center” control can be used to quickly merge adjoin- ing cells or Unmerge them. The alignment options The “Merge and Center” con- trol has a drop-down menu con- taining the following options. First, the “Merge and Center” option not only merges the selected cells, but horizontally centres the content in one go. If content exists in more than one of the cells that need to be merged, a warning is displayed, reminding the user that cell content will be lost. The “Merge Across” option only merges cells column-wise, leaving the rows intact. “Merge Cells” will merge all selected cells. “Unmerge Cells” will undo all merge operations. 2.4.2 The Number Block The Number Block contains the controls to set various cell content types, like currency, text, number, etc. The drop-down lists all possible data types. Other controls available offer quick formatting for percentage, cur- rency, and inserting commas, and adding or decreasing the decimal places displayed for a fraction. Data type format options FAST TRACK 43
  • 40. II DOCUMENT APPEARANCE EXCEL 2007 The Number, Font, and Alignment Blocks have a link at the bottom right that can be used to access the extended cell format- ting options. 2.4.3 The Cells Block The Cells Block contains the Insert and Delete controls, which can be used to insert and delete rows, columns, and spreadsheets. The Format button can be used to adjust cell height and width manual- ly, or set it to adjust automatically to accommo- date the content. The drop-down also lists the visibility options, which can be used to hide a row or column or sheet. To rename a sheet, one uses the Rename Sheet link. The “Move or Copy Sheet” link can be used to do just that. Sheets can be moved to a different workbook if need- ed, or can be saved as a separate workbook. There are also options to lock a cell to protect its value from being modified; the spreadsheet also can be locked to prevent unauthorised access. The Format Cells link allows the user to access additional cell formatting options. The sole feature in the extended options window that is not accessible from the links on the Ribbon is the one that can cause the text to shrink to fit a cell. This is available under the Alignment Tab in the same window. Cell formatting options 2.5 Conditional Formatting Graphs have been an integral part of data interpretation. Because graphs put across information pictorially, they considerably ease the process of getting the gist of a large table of figures without getting lost. Conditional Formatting (CF), in many ways, harnesses the same power of pictorial representation to describe data, mak- ing the information readily apparent and precluding the need to peruse through a table of figures. 44 FAST TRACK
  • 41. EXCEL 2007 DOCUMENT APPEARANCE II As already mentioned, CF makes it easier to distinguish between values by using visual cues. CF allows a cell to be format- ted in all possible combinations. This includes cell colour, font colour, font size, font style, and more. It even adds a new type of formatting that involves the use of icon to distinguish between cells. While there are a lot of formatting options, the “condition” options are almost as varied. CF supports conditions like greater than or less than, equal or unequal, duplicates or uniques. It can also check for non-numerical condi- tions, like the presence of certain text or a date. Any user-created formula that returns a logical value can also be used as the criterion in CF. Conditional Formatting menu CF is accessed from the Home Tab under the Styles Block. Since CF applies to a range of cells, it is expected that a range of cells be selected before using CF. The for- matting capabilities under conditional formatting can be broadly divided into two types. These are as follows. 2.5.1 Formatting All Cells in a range based on their Values This would result in all cells in a range being given some visual cue based on certain criteria. CF comes preloaded with three types of format styles for this category: Colour Scales, Data Bars, and Icon sets. By default, selecting a range of cells and applying any of these CF styles will cause Excel to calculate the maximum and minimum values in that range and apply the corresponding visu- al cue. Data Bars involves displaying a bar in the cell, with the cell value determining the bar length. The resulting effect is similar to plotting a bar graph right in the column. A Colour Scale uses a two or three-colour colouring scheme, with the mix of the colours being controlled by the cell value. An Icon set uses a set of three, four or five icons to convey the information, with the value of the cell determining the colour/type of icon used. FAST TRACK 45
  • 42. II DOCUMENT APPEARANCE EXCEL 2007 Data Bars in action Icons Sets in action The default behaviour of only considering the maximum and minimum values and the colour palette can be changed by clicking on the More Rules link. Here, one can specify a different condition like giving an Colour Scale in action absolute maximum and mini- mum (rather than have Excel calculate these figures from the selected cell range), using Percentage or Percentile, or using a for- mula to dictate the cell formatting. The More Rules link also allows modifying the colour schemes for Data Bars and Colour Scales. By default, Excel shows the cell value along with the for- matting, and this can also be disabled here. And more than one CF can be applied to a cell or a range of cells. 2.5.2 Formatting Selected Cells in a Range based on their values This other type of CF causes only those cells in a range that fulfil a certain condition to be modified. By default, Excel offers a few preset conditions under the head- ings Highlight Cell Rules and Top/Bottom Rules. The Highlight Cells rules can be used to quickly identify cells whose values meet criteria 46 FAST TRACK
  • 43. EXCEL 2007 DOCUMENT APPEARANCE II like Greater than, Less Than, Equal to, and Between—user- defined values. Other preset conditions allow easy marking of cells that have duplicate val- ues, or cell content matching some text or date criteria. All these conditions require the user to specify a value to com- pare the cell content with. The Top/Bottom rules can be used to quickly identify cells whose values meet certain CF Top-Bottom Options statistical criteria, like Top 10 or Bottom 10, Top 10% or Bottom 10%, Above or Below Average. The default cut-off of 10% can be changed by the user. CF User Formula In all the above cases, Excel offers a preset format style which can be changed. The for- matting options differ in this cate- gory of CF. Here, CF Rules Manager Excel permits for- matting other features like font colour, font style, and cell bor- der, besides cell colour. Besides the default conditions, Excel allows the user to speci- fy a formula. Cells where the formula evaluates to 1 or True are selectively formatted. For example, this would be useful to mark FAST TRACK 47
  • 44. II DOCUMENT APPEARANCE EXCEL 2007 those cells whose values exceed the value in another cell not in the same range. As long as the CF rule is active, changes to the cell value in the external cell will cause formatting changes in the cell range. The CF Rules manager, acces- sible from the CF menu, keeps a New CF Rules Options list of all CF rules operating on the workbook. Here, existing rules can be edited or deleted, and new ones can be created. Custom User CF rules can be created by using the New Rule link in the CF menu. This will open the New Rules window listing all condition and formatting options for both CF categories. To remove the formatting from the cells, one uses the “Clear Rules” link under CF. 48 FAST TRACK
  • 45. Calculations Made Easier E xcel offers some very powerful features that can help you create complex spreadsheets with calculations of data spread over thousands of cells. Get all the dope you need to become an Excel power user in this chapter!
  • 46. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 3.1 All About Cell References Any calculation starts with a cell reference. In Excel 2007 you have 1,048,567 rows and 16,384 columns. The alphabetical columns and the num- bered rows intersect to give each cell a unique ref- erence. When you enter values into cells and want to refer to those values Simple cell reference elsewhere, you will use the cell reference. See the simple cell reference in the below figure. The cell reference can refer to a single cell as in the example above, or to a range of cells in the worksheet (or other work- sheets in the same workbook). It can be a simple calculation using the addition, subtraction, division, or multiplication operators, or it can be a complex formula. For example, to total a list of numbers in a row or column, click on the first blank cell next to the numbers and select the ? AutoSum button on the Formulas tab. Excel will automatically select and total the list of preceding numbers. When you enter cell references into a cell, you will normally enter the “=” sign first. This will inform Excel that you are about to perform a calculation. You can either enter it in directly into the cell or use the formula bar (“fx”) at the top. Generally, for simple calculations, it may be convenient to enter it in directly into the cell, and use the formula bar for longer complex cell references and formulas. In any case, as you enter the references to various cells in your cell, Excel will automatically highlight these cells in various colours to help you visually locate where these cells are located. Try it out by copying the above example into a worksheet. 50 FAST TRACK
  • 47. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III 3.2 Defined Names You can also use Defined Names to use in your ref- erences. A Defined Name is a special, custom name you assign to a cell, a range of cells, or a range An example of a Named Range of non-adjacent cells (that is, cells that are not next to each other: you select multiple such cells by holding down [Ctrl] and clicking on each cell you want to include). This is useful especially in large and complex worksheets where you can get easily confused by just the cell references. To create a Defined Name, select a cell, a range of cells, or a set of non-adjacent cells, and click on the left end of the Name box. (This is the box before the “fx” formula bar at the top.) Give a name for your selection and hit [Enter]. For example, in the figure, the area sales of Sales Division 1 has been selected together and given the name “SalesDiv1”. Now, suppose you wanted the total of this list. Instead of giving a cell range reference [SUM(B3:B6)], you would simply say SUM(SalesDiv1). This will greatly simplify your tasks, especially in large, complex sheets, where it will be difficult to keep track of cell references without getting confused. A few things to note with named ranges: the name can be any alphanumeric string of letters or numbers but without any spaces. If you want to do any mathematical or formula operations on more than one range, you will have to specify each range individually. In the above example, if you wanted the totals of all the sales divi- sions, you would write: SUM(SalesDiv1)+ SUM(salesDiv2)+ SUM(salesDiv3) and not SUM(SalesDiv1+SalesDiv2+SalesDiv3) FAST TRACK 51
  • 48. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 To change a formula or part of a formula to a defined name, or if you find it too cumber- some to type out the names, you can also use the [F3] key to pop up the “Paste Name” window, which will contain the list of all the defined names in your workbook. First, select the cell where you want to create or change a The Paste Name pop up formula. If required, select the section of the formula you want to change and press [F3]. A Paste Name window will pop up, and you can select the names you want to use. 3.3 Referring to Another Worksheet You can also create a reference to another worksheet. The easiest way to do this is to click in the cell where you wish to create the reference, type in the equals sign ([=]), then switch to the other worksheet and select the A cell that references another worksheet cell that contains the value you need. In the figure, the value for the Marketing Budget (to be entered in the Sales worksheet, cell B8) is in cell B2 on the Marketing work- sheet. When referring to another worksheet, the name of the worksheet followed by an exclamation mark should be prefixed to the cell reference. In this example, “=Marketing!B2” means, “use the data in cell B2 in the Marketing worksheet.” You can also go to cell B2 on the Marketing worksheet, copy the cell, switch to the Sales worksheet, right-click on the Marketing 52 FAST TRACK
  • 49. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III Budget cell (B8), select “Paste Special…”, and click on “Paste Link”. The reference to B2 will be pasted into the cell. In either of the two methods, any changes to the value of B2 (in the Marketing sheet) will automatically be updated in cell B8 on the Sales sheet. There is one important difference, though, between using the Link command from the Paste Special menu and entering the cell reference manually. Using the Link command, the reference is absolute; using the other method the reference is relative. See §1.5.2 for more details. Normally, values and the results of formulas are automatically calculated and updated into the cells as you enter them. In some cases, you may wish to not run the calculation till you have pre- pared all the formulas and data for your worksheet. If you do not want the values / formulas to be automatically updated, turn off Automatic Calculation: click on the Office Button, select Excel Options, click on Formulas, and select Manual under the Calculation options. Or switch to the Formulas tab, select Calculation options, and choose Manual. Now, whenever you want to calculate the values in your workbook, you will need to press [F9] or the Calculate Now button for Excel to calculate the formu- las and values in your workbook. To calculate only the current worksheet, press [Shift] + [F9] or the Calculate Sheet button. 3.4 Absolute, Relative, and Mixed References An absolute reference is a cell reference that doesn’t change wher- ever you move your data. On the other hand, a rela- tive cell reference will change every time you move your data. Copy the data in columns A and B in the Absolute and relative references FAST TRACK 53
  • 50. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 figure into a worksheet. Now in cell C2, type, without the quotes, “=B2*$B$8”, then hit [Enter]. Select cell C2 again and hover over the bottom right corner of the cell till the mouse pointer changes to a plus sign. Then click and drag downwards to cell C6. In the above example, the US Dollar to Indian Rupee conver- sion rate is specified in cell B8. In the Indian Rupees column, there is an absolute reference to cell B8 and a relative reference to the US dollar values of the items in the US dollar price column. An absolute reference is denoted by using the “$” symbol prefixed before the column reference and the row reference. In this exam- ple, the absolute reference to cell B8 is denoted by $B$8. Thus in column C, the reference to the cells in column B is relative, but the reference to the cell B8 is absolute. You can also have a partially absolute reference, that is, the ref- erence will be absolute for either column or row. Continuing with the above example, if you use $B8, the reference will be absolute with reference to Column B but relative with reference to the row. Similarly, B$8 will be absolute with reference to row 8 but relative with reference to column B. You can also switch between the ref- erence types easily: highlight the reference type you want to change and press [F4] to cycle through relative, partially absolute, and fully absolute reference modes. 3.5 Referring to Another Workbook Not only can you refer to another worksheet in the same work- book, you can also refer to cells and cell ranges in other work- books. You can merge data from several workbooks into a single worksheet, use formulas to manipulate the data, and also use rel- ative or absolute referencing that will change according to how you move the data in your worksheet. References to other workbooks will be of the form =SUM([Sales.xlsx]Annual!B23:B49) 54 FAST TRACK
  • 51. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III This type of syntax is used when the source workbook (the workbook that contains the data you want to use) is open. In this example, the name of the source workbook is “Sales.xlsx”, the worksheet which contains the data is “Annual” (note the “!” after the worksheet name), and the range where the data lies is cell B23 to B49. When the source workbook file is not open, then the reference includes the full path to where the workbook is stored, as so: =SUM(‘D:Div1([Sales.xlsx]Annual!B23:B49) What will make tasks simpler, however, is the use of defined names. Simply refer to the source workbook and the named range you want to total. For example: =SUM(Sales.xlsx!SalesDiv1) Alternatively, if the source workbook does not have defined names, you can create your own defined name in your main work- book. Open both the source and main workbooks. Click Define Names in the Formulas tab, select “Define Name…”, and in the resulting pop-up box, give a name for the selection you are about to make. Clear the “Refers to” box and ensure that the cursor is blinking in this box. Then switch to your source workbook and select the range or cells you want to include, and click OK. You can then use this named reference in your main workbook as you would with any other reference. You can also control how and when the external links are updated. If the source and main workbooks are open, any changes in the source workbook will be automatically reflected in the main workbook. If, for example, the main workbook is closed and the data is changed in the source workbook, then when the main workbook is opened, a security alert will pop up informing you, “Automatic update of links has been disabled”. To enable it, click the Options button and select “Enable this content”. As a security FAST TRACK 55
  • 52. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 precaution, it is a good idea to do this every time you open your main workbook. Alternatively, in the Data tab, in the Connections group, select Edit Links. All the links in the workbook that connect to external Security restriction for updating workbooks will be displayed in the external links pop-up. You can then choose to update all the links, or selectively decide which you want to update and which not to. 3.6 3D References A 3D reference is where the data is in the same loca- tion on multiple worksheets. For example, in the figure, there are three marketing budgets for three departments: Three similar worksheets electronics, foods, and retail. They are identical, and the data in all the cells refer to the same budg- et heads. For example, to get the total for Personnel Budget for all three departments per month, you can do the following. Click on the January Personnel Budget cell (B5), type “=”, followed by SUM(), set the cursor to within the brackets, with the cursor blinking inside the brackets, click on the first worksheet tab “Marketing Budget - 56 FAST TRACK
  • 53. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III Electronics”, hold down the [Shift] key, and click on the last work- sheet tab “Marketing Budget - Retail”. ‘Marketing Budget - Electronics:Marketing Budget - Retail’! will be inserted inside the brackets. Next, select the range C7:10. Your final formula will look like =SUM(‘Marketing Budget - Electronics:Marketing Budget - Retail’!C7:C10) This formula tells Excel to total up the column C7 to C10 in the sheets from “Marketing Budget - Electronics” to “Marketing Budget - Retail”. Once you’ve created the formula for one cell, you can fill the relative data in the other cells by moving the pointer to the bottom right corner of the cell till it changes to a plus sign, which you can then click and drag along the same row to fill the details in the rest of the rows. If you add any new worksheets in between these worksheets, Excel will include the data in cells C7 to C10 for all these work- sheets. If you delete a worksheet or move a worksheet outside this selection of sheets, Excel will remove the data from the col- lection. 3.7 Excel Tables The normal way to manage data in Excel is to specify a range, and use references and formulas to manage and manipulate the data. Excel Tables (previously Excel lists) is a feature where you can treat tabular data as an actual table. This makes things much easier to manage and work with. You can create one, or convert an existing data range into an Excel Table. To create a table, select a range of cells on your work- sheet and click on the Table button in the Insert tab, or to convert FAST TRACK 57
  • 54. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 a range, select the range and click on the Table button. A window asking you to confirm the range (with the option to include table headers) will pop up. Once you make your selection, a blank table with default names for columns (column1, column 2, etc.) will be created, or if you’ve checked the “My table has headers” option, it will use the first row as the headers. After you create the Table, the Table Tools become available and the Design tab is displayed. Whenever you click inside the table, the Table Name will be shown. Excel will automatically give a table name—Table1, Table2, etc.—but you can give it a more meaningful description by clicking on the Table Name in the Properties section of the Design tab. You can then reference this table in other formulas or data calcula- tions as required. 3.8 Creating Formulas to Calculate Values Formulas are the basis for all calculation in Excel. They are essen- tially specialised equations and start with an equals (=) sign. The formula =7*5+3 will display the result 38 in a cell. This example is one of the simplest types of formulas you can use. The other type of formula is where you use the cell, range, 3D range, name, or table name reference to perform calculations. Other than the standard arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) and refer- ences, you can also use: %, ^, functions, and constants. % is nothing but percentage, and you can either click on the % button or enter it in manually. The ^ symbol (caret) calculates the exponents of data: 2^8 is 256. Functions are pre-built formulas that only require you to pro- vide the cell references or specific values. For example, SUM is a frequently-used function to total up cells. Functions are great time-savers and allow you to focus on getting your results rather than waste time telling Excel what to do. There are hundreds of 58 FAST TRACK
  • 55. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III inbuilt formulas you can use. Click on the Formulas tab and choose the required function from among the given categories. Constants are numbers or values that are not calculated. For example, dates are constants (10/2/2007), and the function Pi is a constant. It corresponds to 3.14 accurate to an almost infinite number of decimal places. Most formulas follow the syntax “formula(value1, value2, etc.)”. Here “formula” corresponds to the name of the formula, and value1, value2, etc. correspond to the values that the function requires compulsorily or optionally. Thus, the function “Convert(number,from_unit,to_unit)” corresponds to the engi- neering Convert function, which converts data from one meas- urement unit to another. In this example, if you wanted to convert 3784 days to years, your formula would be like =CONVERT(3784,”day”,”yr”) Similarly, you can search for and use other formulas. The basic principle will remain the same but the possible values will change. In some functions, a set of core data values will be required with optional data being included or excluded. The details of each function and how to use it with examples in most cases can be found in the help documentation. If you are not sure about which function to use, click on the Insert Function button. This will display a dialog box from where you can type a short description for what you want to do, and Excel will give a list of closest matching function names, which you can then review and choose from. You can also have one function nested in another. Example: =CONVERT((CONVERT(3784,”day”,”yr”)),”yr”,”day”) will give you the result 3784 after converting 3784 days to years and then the resulting years back to days. FAST TRACK 59
  • 56. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 You also have comparison operators: =, >, <, >=,<=, <> These are: equal to, greater than, less than, greater than or equal to, less than or equal to, and not equal to, respectively. If you want to compare the values in two cells using this operator, you would, for example, enter it as: A1=B1. That is, Excel is asked the question: Are A1 and B1 equal? The result will be displayed as TRUE or FALSE depending on the data in these two cells. There are lots more functions that are available in the Excel. For example to show you the current date and time in a cell use the formula, =NOW(). If you want to just see the current date use =TODAY(). You can build complex functions using the logical operators AND, IF, IFERROR, TRUE, FALSE, NOT, and OR. These operators can be used to conditionally respond to the results in a cell. The text operators are also powerful tools that can help you manipulate text and do advanced functions. For example, you can use the CONCATENATE function to join text from different cells into one cell. Another useful function is COUNT and its variants; this function will show you the count of cells based on criteria that you can specify. 3.9 Moving, copying, and editing formulas You edit formulas by clicking inside the cell and selecting the val- ues you wish to change or replace. For example, if a cell had the formula =SUM(A2:A10) and the name of the range A2 to A10 was TotalCost, you could edit this formula by clicking inside the cell and replacing A2:A10 with TotalCost. The formula would then look like: =SUM(TotalCost) 60 FAST TRACK
  • 57. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III You use the Cut and Copy commands to move or copy formu- las respectively. If you use the Cut command, the cell references will not change whatever be their type—relative, absolute, or par- tially absolute. If you use the Copy command, the cell references may change depending on the type of cell reference. To copy the formula, select the cell with the formula and press [Ctrl] + [C], or right-click and select Copy. Move the mouse to the new cell where you want to the formula to be copied, and select Paste or Paste Special > Link, or use [Ctrl] + [V] to paste the formu- la into the new cell. Make sure that you verify that the formula is referencing the correct data cells and that the result is in line with what is to be expected. If the data is not as you expected, you can try switching the cell reference by using the [F4] key as explained earlier. Select the cell reference you want to change and press [F4] to cycle through the various possible combinations of cell reference types. To move the formula, select the cell with the formula and press [Ctrl] + [X] or right-click and select Cut. Move the mouse to the new cell where you want to the formula to be copied, and paste the formula into the new cell. 3.10. Validating data during entry When you are entering data, you can limit your chances of error and make data entry easier by defining the valid entries. You can have Excel automatically validate the entries in a cell based on a whole number, decimal number, date, time, length of text, or a custom formula. You can define the upper and lower limits for valid ranges for the numbers and time units, define a list of items that must be used, provide a custom message to guide the users when they try to enter data, and also provide error messages when they attempt to make a wrong entry. FAST TRACK 61
  • 58. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 To perform validation of the data entry in a cell, select the cell first and then choose the Data Validation command. This can be found on the Data tab under the Data Tools group. In the resulting pop-up, you will get an “Allow” drop-down list. This list contains the types of data that you can control for entries. To control the validation on the data entry for the cell, select the data type first. The choices you have are: Whole Number, Decimal Number, List, Date, Time, Text Length, and Custom. Data validation entries If you choose Whole Number, Decimal Number, Date, Time, or Text Length, you have the further option to specify whether the data should be between, not between, equal to, not equal to, greater than, less than, greater than or equal to, and less than or equal to a maximum and mini- mum value. In such a case, any data that falls outside this range will result in an error warning if you give a customised error mes- sage in the Error Alert tab. You can also give a custom message on the Input Message tab which will be visible to users when they choose that particular cell. If you choose the Custom data type you will have to specify a formula that will be used in validating the data entry. You will need to enter a formula that calculates the logical value TRUE or FALSE. If you choose List you will need to specify a list on the same worksheet or a named range on another worksheet. To do this, first create a list on the same worksheet, or on another worksheet, and give it a name. Then click on the cell and choose Data Validation. Select the List option in the Source box, select the cell range in the same worksheet or enter the name of the range on 62 FAST TRACK
  • 59. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III the other worksheet. Specify any custom Input Message and Error Alert messages you want to show your users and click OK. The cell can be left blank without data entry if you select the Ignore Blank checkbox. If you clear this checkbox, you will be required to enter data. In the List option, the “In-cell dropdown” option can be used to show an arrow when the user selects the cell. The user can then click on the cell and select the data from the drop-down list. Finally, to minimise errors and to prevent your cells from being accidentally (or deliberately!) deleted, you can enable pro- tection for your worksheet. To do this, first select the entire work- sheet, right-click, and select Format Cells. In the Protection tab, select Locked, and click OK. Next, select the cells you’re going to allow users to edit. Open the Protection tab and clear the Locked tab. What this has effectively done is designate the entire work- sheet as locked, with only the cells that users are allowed to edit being marked as unlocked. Next, go to the Review tab, and in the Changes group, select Protect Sheet. In the resulting pop-up box, choose the actions that you will permit users to do on the worksheet, give a pass- word for the protected sheet, and click OK. You can also leave it as a blank password but any user can unprotect the sheet without the password. The blank password is useful if you are more worried about forget- Protect important worksheets ting the password and just want to prevent accidental data entry without being too concerned about security. FAST TRACK 63
  • 60. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 3.11. Finding and correcting errors As formulas get more complex, the chances of errors creeping in become higher. Some errors will announce themselves to you with some error condition; others may not be so simple—you may have given an incorrect reference that will make for a wrong result. When Excel itself reports errors with the formula, they are rel- atively easy to correct. There are different types of standard error conditions that will give you a good indication of where exactly to look to correct the error. First, however, you have to take certain precautions when entering formulas: ❍ Ensure that the brackets are properly matched. This is especial- ly a problem with nested formulas (one formula inside another which again maybe inside another formula). Take care to ensure that all the brackets are correctly used. Excel will normally catch any bracket errors, but it can miss them when the formu- la is complex. The maximum level of nesting in any case is 64. ❍ Cell ranges are indicated by colons. The cell range A1 to A23 should be entered as A1:A23, not A1-A23. If you use A1-A23, Excel will subtract the value of A23 from A1. ❍ Ensure that all the required values (or “arguments” as they are called) are entered into the formula. Each formula may have required values and optional values; at the minimum, the required values have to be entered to prevent Excel from bring- ing up an error. ❍ If you refer to cells in other worksheets, ensure that the work- sheet name is enclosed in single quotes. If you are referring to links in an external workbook, ensure that you have entered the full path to that workbook. Excel error checking is rule-based, and it tries to learn your preferences as it goes. Any errors which you ignore, Excel will also 64 FAST TRACK
  • 61. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III ignore when the error is repeated. These errors will be hidden from you, and you will need to manually reset it if you want to see them. To do this, click the Microsoft Office Button and select Excel Options, click on the Formulas tab, and under the Error Reset errors to be able to see them again Checking section, click Reset Ignored Errors. In the Error Checking Rules section, check or clear all the rules that you want you want Excel to use to check for errors. You can also get Excel to check for errors one at a time, much like a grammar error checker. If you want Excel to recheck all the errors first, reset the ignored error check. Next, select the work- sheet you want to check for errors, and on the Formulas tab, in the Formula Auditing group, click on Error Checking. The Error Checking dialog box is displayed and it will take you to the first error in the worksheet. The dialog box will show the formula (or a part of it if it is too long), a diagnosis of the error, offer a sugges- tion on what is to be done, provide additional help, and provide the option to ignore the error or edit in the formula bar. You can make your choice on what action to take and then click Next to go to the next error. If you want Excel to display errors as you work, ensure that the Enable Background Error checking checkbox is ticked in Excel Options > Formula. Now when an error occurs with a formula, Excel will instantly display an icon of a golden-coloured diamond shape with a red icon inside it. This means there is an error in the formula and that it needs to be corrected. Clicking on the icon will FAST TRACK 65
  • 62. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 give you a list of options that will help you decide on what action to take. If you specify Ignore Error, this type of error wont be checked for again till you reset the error checking. If you have too many formulas or your sheet is very complex, you can gather all your for- mulas into one place and “watch” them conveniently. By using the Watch Watch formulas in one window window, you can keep track of all your formulas in a single window and see the result of any changes without having to scroll through the entire worksheet. To enable the Watch window, first select all the formulas in your worksheet. Go to the Home tab, and in the Editing group, click Find & Select and go to the “Go to special…” command. A dialog box will pop up, where you select the radio button option “Formula” and leave all the boxes under Formula checked. Click OK. This will select all the formulas in the worksheet. Next, switch to the Formulas tab and select the Watch Window under Formula Auditing. In the dialog box that pops up, click on the Add Watch… button. All the selected cells will be dis- played in a dialog box which you can then confirm by clicking Add. You can, of course, remove any formula which you do not want to watch for changes. As cells are updated and data is modified, the watch window will display the changes as they happen. You will not need to scroll to different parts of the worksheet to see how your data changes. This can be especially helpful with large spreadsheets as you will be able to see the results and instantly and be alerted to any errors. 66 FAST TRACK
  • 63. EXCEL 2007 CALCULATIONS ON DATA III 3.12 Tracing a formula There are a number of ways to trace a formula so you can check it for errors if needed or just review the logical steps it takes in cal- culating the result. Formulas can be evalu- ated step by step. This will show you the logical steps taken in calculating the result, and is especially useful when you are deal- ing with large, complex Step by step formula evaluation nested formulas, which can easily get very confusing. To evaluate a cell with a formula, first select the cell and click on the Evaluate button on the Formula Auditing group in the Formulas tab. In the resulting dialog box, you’ll be able to see the entire for- mula first. Click on the Evaluate button, and the first calculation in the sequence would be calculated. Once you are satisfied with the result and the logic of the step, click on the Evaluate button again to go to the next part of the formula to be evaluated… and so on. This process will help you confirm that there are no incorrect references and that the logical steps involved in the formula cal- culation are as you want them to them. You can also trace a formula visually by looking up the Precedent or Dependent cells. Precedent cells are referred to by a formula in another cells. Dependent cells have formulas referring to other cells. The Trace Precedents and Trace Dependents com- mands will graphically display the relationships that a formula has with other cells. To view the Precedence and Dependence of a formula, first go to Excel Options in the Office Button, select Advanced, and scroll FAST TRACK 67
  • 64. III CALCULATIONS ON DATA EXCEL 2007 down to the “Display Options for this workbook” section, under the “For object, show” section, ensure that All (or Placeholders) is selected. If you have any external references to other workbooks, open those as well. Next, select the cell whose formula you want to trace. In the Formulas tab, click on Trace Precedents and/or Trace Dependants as required. Blue arrows will show the references to and from the cell if there are no errors. If there are errors, a red arrow will be shown. If the data is in another worksheet, a work- sheet icon will be shown. Precendents and Dependents You can click on the Trace Precedents and Dependents button again and again to trace the formulas to multiple levels. To remove all tracer arrows, click Remove arrows. Once all the levels have been traced, Excel will inform you that there are no more levels to trace. You can double-click on the black arrow which points to an external reference and in the resulting Go To pop-up window, select the sheet where the reference is. Tracing the cell reference in this way will help you to visualise where all the data is coming from, and analyse for logical errors and inconsistencies. 68 FAST TRACK
  • 65. Organising And Interpreting Data C reating and maintaining long lists and tables of names and numbers can be worthwhile only if all that data can be easily sifted to cull relevant information. Excel packs in all the required features, in the form of data functions or data tools, to organise and interpret the data in spreadsheets. We shall discuss them now. Charts and Graphs, which are also a part of Data Interpretation, are discussed in Chapter 6.
  • 66. ORGANISING AND IV INTERPRETING DATA EXCEL 2007 4.1 Data Tables Excel can perform calculations on data, which you know very well. The fact is, you can also make decisions based on the data: what if this variable were this much more? It turns out that this is actual- ly called “What-If Analysis.” This deals with observing exactly how changes in the input cause changes in the results of a formula. In Excel, a Data Table is the tool to perform a What-If analysis on a formula. It’s pretty simple: the changes in the results of the formula—caused by changing the values of the input variables—can be tabulated in a Data Table. At the centre of a What-If analysis lies the formula. Since the Data Table in Excel 2007 can support a maximum of two-variable What-If Analysis, the formula being put to the test needs to meet this condition. There’s no real magic happening here: you can do a What-If Analysis by replacing the input variable and noting the results. But since you have Data Tables, it’s simplified. Just command Excel to make a Data Table, and change what needs to be changed—and the What-Ifs appear all nice and neat in the table. Now for some rules. The different values that you intend to test your formula with need to be filled in a single column or row, if only one input variable is changing. You can’t have them scattered. If two input variables are changing, the two series of numbers need to be put in a column and a row. Excel has strict rules about the relative positions of the rows and columns and the formula-containing cell, and you need to follow these for the tool to function. You fire up the Data Table tool from the Data Table Link under the What-If Analysis drop-down in the Data tab. To make it easier to understand what’s going on, let’s use a simple example involving capital and rate of interest. Say cell B1 contains Capital Amount and cell B2 contains the Rate of Interest. The formula to calculate interest (Capital multiplied by Rate of 70 FAST TRACK
  • 67. ORGANISING AND EXCEL 2007 INTERPRETING DATA IV Interest) is B1*B2. We can use a Data Table to see how changes in Rate of Interest and/or Capital influences the interest amount. Case 1: One-Variable Data Table For this purpose we shall assume that the rate of interest is fixed at 10%. So cell B2 contains “10”. We can list different capital amounts in Column A, in the cell range A5:A10. Excel dictates that the formula, in the case of a One- Variable Column Data Table, should be in a cell that is one column to the right and one row above the first value of the input column. In our Formula location in a one-variable Column Data Table case the formula should be in the cell B4. Having ensured this, select the cell range A4:B10, consisting of the input values and the formula cell, and launch the Data Table tool by clicking on the Data Table Link. A window will pop up and ask for the “Row Input Cell” or “Column Input Cell.” Since our data is in columns—that is, we are dealing with a Column Data Table— the Column Input Cell needs to be mentioned. This will be the input factor which will be changed with the values in the column. In our case, since we are changing the Capital amount, the Column Input Cell is B1. Clicking on OK will populate the cells B5 to B10 with the different interest figures calculated by changing the Capital figures in A5 to A10. In the above scenario, we could have used the cells B5:G5—that is, a row—to populate the different Capital amounts. In this case, the formula needs to be in the cell that is one row below and one column to the left of the first value in the input row. This means the formula has to be entered in the cell A6. The cell range A5:G6 has to be selected before launching the Data Table Tool. The Row Input Cell FAST TRACK 71
  • 68. ORGANISING AND IV INTERPRETING DATA EXCEL 2007 The formula location in a one-variable Row Data Table will be B1. After the process is done, the cell range B6:G6 will be populated with the different Interest Values arrived at by changing the capital values listed in B5:G5. Case 2: Two-Variable Data Table To study the effect of simultaneous changes in Capital Amount and Rate of Interest on the Interest amount, we need to create a Two-Variable Data Table. In this case we can populate the cells A5:A10 with different Capital Amounts, and the cells B4:G4 with different Interest Rates. This relative position of the Row and Column is dictated by Excel. Excel also dictates that the formula has to be in the cell where the Input Row and Input Column meet, which in our case is the cell A4. Now select the cell range A4:G10, and launch the Data Table tool. The Row input cell is B2 (Rate of Interest) and the Column Input Cell is B1 (Capital Amount). On completion, the cell range B5:G10 will be populated with the different Interest amounts. The formula location in a two-variable Data Table 72 FAST TRACK
  • 69. ORGANISING AND EXCEL 2007 INTERPRETING DATA IV 4.2 Sorting and Filtering You’ll often find your- self needing to sort and filter data in Excel. The Tools to perform Sorting and Filtering operations on a range of cells are Multi-level sorting in the Sort and Filter block under the Data Tab. These are also accessible from the Sort and Filter button in the Editing Block under the Home Tab. 4.2.1 Sorting To sort a range of cells, you select a cell in the column to be used as the sorting criteri- on, and click on the Sort Ascending or Descending button in the Sort and Filter Block. Alternatively, you can right-click on the cell and use the Sort menu to choose Sort Options the desired sorting operation. The Alternative Menu offers more sorting options, like sorting based on cell colour, font colour, and cell icon (allotted by Conditional Formatting using Icon Sets). Since the above allows only one sorting key column, if more complex sorting rules are to be applied, you can use the Sort button in the Sort and Filter block. This opens a window that allows multiple levels of sorting. By default, one level is already presented, and more can be added by using the Add Level button. Under the possible Sort Key criteria, you’ll see that Cell Colour, Font Colour, and Cell Icons can also be used. Under the Order drop-down, you can specify the sort order. The sequence of the sorting levels is important. Controls to change the sequence are also available in the same window. While there exist quick access button to sort columns with a single click, FAST TRACK 73
  • 70. ORGANISING AND IV INTERPRETING DATA EXCEL 2007 sorting rows is not as easy. In the Sort Window obtained as mentioned earlier, click on the Options button. Here, set the Orientation to Custom Lists in Excel “From Left To Right”. By default, text sorting is not case sensitive; this behaviour, too, can be changed from the Options window. A Custom List allows you to sort data in certain hierarchical order not already recognised by Excel. You’ll realise the importance of this when you’re sorting a column containing the names of the months. Normal sorting in ascending order would result in the names being arranged alphabetically with April ending on top. If you want to sort the names in ascending chronological order, which would end with January at the top, Excel needs to be informed about the hierarchy to be observed. The Custom List fulfils this purpose. Thoughtfully, Excel already has custom lists of the names of months and weekdays. This allows the columns containing either of this type of data to be sorted chronologically, besides alphabetically. If needed, you can also create a custom list. To use the Custom List as the sort key, this needs to be selected in the Sort Order field. Sort options in the Header Row Sorting options are also available on formatting a range of cells as a table. On the creation of a table, the Header Row cells will contain data controls offering Sorting and Filtering Options similar to those discussed earlier. 74 FAST TRACK
  • 71. ORGANISING AND EXCEL 2007 INTERPRETING DATA IV 4.2.2 Filtering When you use filtering, you limit the visibility of a table’s contents to only those entries that match the criteria specified in the filter. To perform a Filtering operation on a range of cells, select any cell in that range and click on the Filter button. This will cause the first row of the range to be converted into a header row with each cell con- Filter by Number Options taining a drop-down menu that shows the filtering options. The drop-down con- tains a few inbuilt filters that can discriminate between numbers and colours of the cells. Filter by Colour Options The Number Filters link already offers a few filter criteria like Above, Below, Greater Than, etc. Selecting any of these will open up a window to choose the threshold value. This window can also be used to create a Custom Filter, and you can also use wildcard characters like “?” and “*”. You can also create a compound criterion by adding the AND/OR clause and adding another condition. The Above Average and Below Average filters simply calculates the average for the column, and displays only those which fulfil the corresponding condition. You clear Filters by clicking on the Clear button in the Sort and Filter Block. The Advanced button allows creating more complex filter conditions than those already mentioned. Conditions that can be used under Advanced filtering can include simple mathematical operations, wildcards, and even functions supported by Excel. Before using Advanced filtering, a little preparation is needed. FAST TRACK 75
  • 72. ORGANISING AND IV INTERPRETING DATA EXCEL 2007 To be able to use this feature meaningfully, all columns in the range should have a Heading. The The AND option in Advanced Filtering heading of the columns that will be used as the condition has to be copied to another place, to be used as the Criteria Range. To specify a condition, the following rules apply: A condition has to be a formula. Since simply entering a formula will cause Excel to execute it, the Formula must be circumscribed with quotes and prefixed with an equals sign (=). For example, to check for cells with a value greater than 10, the Criteria cell will contain the value =“>10” To specify a compound condition with an AND, you use the same row. To specify a compound condition with an OR, you use a different row. For example, to filter Advanced Filtering OR option cells under the title Cash whose values are between 50 and 60, you create a Criteria Range with two columns having “Cash” as title, and insert =”>50” and =”<60” as values in the same row. To filter values less than 50 or greater than 60, you use the formulas =”<50” and =”>60” in the same column, in different rows. You can also create conditions for all columns simultaneously. 4.2.3 Performing operations on Filtered Lists Since entries in a filtered list are just hidden—they’re not deleted— values of the hidden cells are also considered while performing operations or using functions on the range. To get around this prob- lem, under the Find and Select button in the Editing block under the Home Tab, use the Go To Special link and enable “Visible Cells Only”. 76 FAST TRACK
  • 73. ORGANISING AND EXCEL 2007 INTERPRETING DATA IV 4.3 Organising Data Into Levels Large spreadsheets can be cumbersome, partly because of the scrolling involved to get to the desired location. Excel has tools to Go To a particular cell quickly, and allows freezing windows so it is possible to keep sight of important figures while The “Go To Special” options scrolling to a different loca- tion. Adding to these features that ease the management of large spreadsheets is the concept of Levels. You can see how useful this feature is by comparing it to the tree listing of Folders in the Windows Explorer Folder Pane: you can expand the listing of the drives in the system to reveal the top levels folder in the drive. Those Folders, which in turn contain other folders, have a “+” next to their folder icon. Clicking on the “+” will cause the node to expand to reveal the folders under it. This continues until the “+” mark in the node is replaced with a “-”, which signifies that there are no further nested folders in that node. Clicking on the “-” caus- es the node to roll up the listing of folders under it. To make a large block of data manageable, Excel allows you to select cell ranges in it and mark them as groups. Groups are like folders in the Windows Explorer tree listing; they can be expanded or collapsed with a single click. Remember that the cells forming a Group need not meet any criteria, and need not share a common feature. Groups can be created horizontally or vertically. If you’re doing Vertical Grouping, a scenario similar to the Windows Explorer Folder Pane is created, with a pane appearing on the left margin containing the “+” and “-” controls. If you’re doing Horizontal Grouping, a pane appears on the top and the nodes FAST TRACK 77
  • 74. ORGANISING AND IV INTERPRETING DATA EXCEL 2007 and the expanding and collapsing occur horizontally. You can also nest groups of cells as well, which is where the term “Level” becomes relevant. A nested groups of cells can only be accessed if the group encompassing it is expanded, just as in the case in Windows Explorer where the folders inside another can only be seen if the latter is expanded. The level denotes the order of nesting of the group. To create Groups and Levels, you have the tools under the Outline Block in the Data tab. To create a group, select the range of cells and click on Group. You can then choose whether the group is to be created row-wise or column-wise. Depending on whether the grouping was done row-wise or column-wise, a set of controls appear on the left margin or the top margin of the spreadsheet. A set of buttons labelled 1 and 2 appears at one end—either the top of the left margin or the left end of the top margin. This set of buttons shows the levels of nested groups in the spreadsheet, and allows quick access to any specific level. Excel supports up to eight levels of grouping, so the number of controls can go up to nine. Besides the buttons, the “+” and “-” controls, as in the Windows Explorer Folder Pane, also appear in the same area. The significance and use of the “plus” and “minus” controls are similar to those of their counterparts in Windows Explorer. When you click on the Control with the largest number, you’ll reveal the ungrouped spreadsheet. As you click lower-number Controls, the nodes of those levels are expanded. Many groups can be created in the same level, Group controls and you’d do well to create a 78 FAST TRACK
  • 75. ORGANISING AND EXCEL 2007 INTERPRETING DATA IV new group when all existing groups are collapsed or when the lowest-level button is active. If two groups overlap, the common cells in both groups are grouped at the next higher level. The hidden cells, when the nodes are collapsed, are not available for use in any formula, and charts prepared from the visible items will change to reflect the changes in the visibility of the source range. The Ungroup button in the same block can ungroup a cell range. To remove all groups in the spreadsheet, select one cell and use the Clear Outline option. Auto Outline automates the process of creating levels, and is used with the Subtotal feature to Summarise data, as discussed next. 4.4 Summarising Data Grouping large blocks of data facilitates the handling of large spreadsheets by reducing the scrolling required. But this in no way offers any information regarding the contents of the spreadsheet. Summarising is an important process used to convey the impor- tant points pertaining to a large block of data. Summarisation usually involves collating the important or interesting bits of information about a large block of data. Information like Total, Maximum, Average, Number of Records etc, are part of any summary report. Excel offers the Subtotal tool to accomplish summarisation of a large block of data. The name is a misnomer, since the same tool can be used to generate other summary information like Average, Maximum, Number of records, etc. As part of the summarisation process, Excel creates Summary Rows to report the statistics of a group of similar entries. An overall summary for all the groups is also added. When combined with Excel’s ability to create levels of groups, you can easily manage and summarise large blocks of data. FAST TRACK 79
  • 76. ORGANISING AND IV INTERPRETING DATA EXCEL 2007 Before a range of cells can be summarised, it should have proper column headers. It also needs to be sorted on all columns that will form the summary group. For example, to create a product-wise, monthly summary of the sales performance of the salesmen in an organisation, the data should not only be sorted on the name of the salesman, but also on the month and product name. In this case, what you need is a multi-level sort. The Tools to summarise data are available under the Outline block under the Data Tab. After the sorting is complete, you select a cell in the range and click on the Subtotal Button. This will open a window listing the various summarising options. The column whose value is to be used as the key needs to be identified under the “At each Change in” field. Besides Sum, other summarising operations like Count, Average, Maximum, etc. are also provided under the Use Function field. The columns which need to be given a subtotal row can also be selected. You can also choose whether to display the summary data below or above the data. The result of performing a Subtotal routine is that a row is inserted, at every change in the value in the Summary column, which will Summarise options carry the results of the chosen summary operation. A final grand total row is inserted at the end of the cell range carrying the summary figures for the entire range. When the Subtotal process is complete, the Group controls make an appearance on the Left Margin. The use and significance of these controls have already been described in the previous section. If the Group controls are not needed, the Clear Outline link under the Ungroup button can be used. To re-apply the controls, use the Auto Outline option under the Group button. 80 FAST TRACK
  • 77. ORGANISING AND EXCEL 2007 INTERPRETING DATA IV The grouping added by the Subtotal Routine is based on the number of sort levels used. In our example of the performance of the salesmen in an organisation, the result of a Summarising operation will have a three-level grouping, with the product group nested in the monthly group nested in the Salesmen group. 4.5 Using Indexed Data A spreadsheet can be indexed, or sorted, by using any of the columns as the sort key. After a spreadsheet has been indexed, it becomes easier to look up information in it. While this would be easy in case of small spreadsheets, large spreadsheets would require a lot of scrolling or repeated use of the Find and Select tool. Excel packs in two functions that automate the index lookup process. 4.5.1 The VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP Functions VLOOKUP is a function that looks up a user-speci- fied value in the first col- umn of a cell range, and returns the value of any cell in the same row. For example, if the details of the students of a class is stored in a table, with the table being sorted on the Students’ Roll Number, and the other columns being Name, Age, Address, VLOOKUP can be used to return the Address of a student by providing his Roll Number. The syntax of VLOOKUP is VLOOKUP(Value to Lookup, Cell Range, Column Offset of cell to be returned, Type of lookup toggle). The “Value to Lookup” can be Text, Number, or a Logical result. The “Cell Range” is the reference to the range that has the column containing the value to be looked up as the first column. FAST TRACK 81
  • 78. ORGANISING AND IV INTERPRETING DATA EXCEL 2007 The “Column Offset” is the position of the column, counting from the left, from which the cell value is to be returned. So to return the value from the second column of the range, the Column Offset will be 2. By default, VLOOKUP looks up an approximate value if an exact value is not found. For example, if the value being looked up is 300, in the absence of 300 the nearest value is looked up and the cell value in the offset column is returned. If only the exact value is to be returned, the default behaviour can be curtailed by specifying FALSE in the Type of Lookup Toggle field. In this case, if an exact match is not found, the “#NA” error is displayed. Since this field is optional, entering TRUE, or leaving this field empty, will result in the default behaviour. Before VLOOKUP is used in its default mode, the cell range needs to be sorted in ascending order of the sort key column. If only exact matches are to be looked up, the sorting is not needed. HLOOKUP is similar to VLOOKUP, the difference being that HLOOKUP looks up data in the first row of a cell range. The HLOOKUP Function has a similar syntax, with Column offset being replaced with Row Offset. (In case it isn’t obvious, the V and H in VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP stand for Vertical and Horizontal respectively.) 82 FAST TRACK
  • 79. Pivot Tables T he PivotTable is one of Excel’s most powerful tools. It helps you drill down deep into numerical data and see unantici- pated scenarios, with which you can make better-informed decisions. It helps you summarise and analyse data, see compar- isons, patterns, and trends both in tabular form as well as in PivotChart reports. This chapter will show you how to get the best out of PivotTables.
  • 80. V PIVOT TABLES EXCEL 2007 5.1. Creating And Using PivotTables To create a PivotTable, you need to have your data source ready first. This could be an Excel Table, a range of cells that contain the data you require, or an external data source like an Access database. Click anywhere inside your source data, select the Insert tab, click the PivotTable button, and select either PivotTable or PivotChart. If you select PivotChart, it will create a chart based on your data elements selection (see later in this section for more on data element selection). However, it is better to create your PivotTable before delving into charts—this will give a better idea of how your data looks, and you can fine-tune your data view before making the charts. The chart option is useful when you are ready with your data and you are certain about how your PivotTable should be and all you need to do is quickly make your chart. In the Create PivotTable Wizard’s pop-up window, the range will get automatically selected, and the radio button “Select a table or range” will be highlighted. You can change the range by clicking back on the worksheet and selecting a new area, or by manually entering the cell references. You can also take a reference from a different worksheet or workbook. If your source data is in a differ- ent worksheet, switch to that worksheet and select the range there. However, you typically will not need to do this as you can just switch to the source data worksheet and run the PivotTable Wizard, which will prompt you to create a new worksheet. If you want your PivotTable in a different workbook, open that workbook as well as your source data workbook first. Run the PivotTable Wizard in your target workbook (the workbook where the PivotTable will be created), click inside the “Table/Range:” field, and switch to the workbook with the data and select the range. You can also specify a name for the source data range, or con- vert it into an Excel table and use the table name. Using tables can be very useful when your source data keeps changing. As data gets 84 FAST TRACK
  • 81. EXCEL 2007 PIVOT TABLES V added or deleted from the table you need not change the cell ref- erence range in your PivotTable, something you’d have to do if you specified just a cell range or used a name for the range. Because you are using a table name, Excel will automatically include or exclude any data rows added or deleted from the Excel Table. See Chapter 3 to learn about Excel Tables. In the below example, the sales for October 2006 is an Excel Table with the name “Sales_Oct06”. This makes it easy to keep track of the data when any additions or deletions need to be done. Creating a PivotTable You also have the choice of choosing another data source by clicking on “Use an external data source” radio button. External data can come from many sources including text files, from databases like Access and SQL Server, from Web sites, and many more. If your data is not in Excel, you can import the data using the connection tools in the Get External Data group on the Data tab. Finally, you can have the PivotTable on the same worksheet or on a new worksheet. Select “New Worksheet” and click Next or “Existing Worksheet”, specify a location, and click OK. An empty PivotTable report is added to the location you specified. FAST TRACK 85
  • 82. V PIVOT TABLES EXCEL 2007 Once the blank PivotTable report is ready, you can cus- tomise it to show the data as you like it. In the PivotTable Report page, on the left you will see a pane with five win- dows. This is the PivotTable Field List. The first win- Creating a Pivot Report dow shows all the fields (or data elements) that can be added to the report. These can be dragged and dropped into the four windows beneath. The “Report Filter” window allows you to narrow down the report using specific criteria. The “Column Labels” window specify what data will be dis- played in the columns. The “Row Labels” window specifies what rows will be displayed in the rows. The Values window tells you which values will be shown in the various fields. The layout of a PivotTable Report Each of these windows corre- sponds to certain parts of the PivotTable report. You can select the “Defer Layout Update” checkbox to prevent the changes from being shown instantly. This may be useful when you want to focus on designing your layout and don’t want to be distracted with till you’ve organised all the data elements and for- mulas as you wish to see them. Once you’ve done that, you can click “Update” to show the changes. 86 FAST TRACK
  • 83. EXCEL 2007 PIVOT TABLES V Drag and drop the columns from the main upper window into any of the four windows. As long as you keep the layout of the PivotTable report in mind, you will be able to logically decide on what needs to go where. You can experiment with different ways of viewing the data by moving the columns around and watching the data change dynamically. This way you will come across different ways in which the data can be viewed. Some will be ways you’ve never thought of before, or wondered about with- out an idea on how to extract the information from your raw data. Some selections will turn out to be meaningless, but you can create powerful and well-designed reports when you use the correct data elements in their correct places and apply the most appropriate formula. 5.2. Analysing Data With PivotTables Selecting data fields Explaining how to analyse data using PivotTables is best done with the use of an example. Note, however, that this explanation will be limited, and is more to give you an understanding of the depth and complexity in data analysis that you can achieve with PivotTables. FAST TRACK 87
  • 84. V PIVOT TABLES EXCEL 2007 In our example, we have used the sales data for a Web hosting company’s sales for October 2006 for their three departments: Web Design Sales, Web Hosting Sales, and Bandwidth Sales. We can create a simple PivotTable report by clicking on the fields: Customer ID, Web Design Sales, Web Hosting Sales, and Bandwidth Sales. Excel will automatically make the following selections: Customer ID will be moved to the Row Labels, the Sum of Sales for the three departments will be shown in the Values area, with Values as the corresponding Column Labels. The result will be as in the figure below. The report now shows the total sales for each customer for each department. You can change the Row labels to show sales by date by dragging the Date field to the Row Labels window. This will then show the data in a nested manner depending on which data element is first. If the Date filed is below the Customer ID field then you can see the sales for each customer by their respec- tive dates. You can then collapse or expand the nesting by clicking on the “+” button next to each Customer ID. Nesting is a powerful func- tion that enables you to combine two data fields in one view and Nested Data 88 FAST TRACK
  • 85. EXCEL 2007 PIVOT TABLES V will help you analyse the data both at the summary and detail level with the single click of a button. If you move the Customer ID to the Report Filter area, you will now see the sales by date. By default, Excel will select all the Customer IDs for display—denoted by “(All)” in the filter field. You can then narrow the selection and choose to see the sales data for a limited set of customers—a minimum of one. You can select on the “All” checkbox to show all the customers or select one or more Customer IDs from the list. Make sure that the “Select Multiple items” checkbox is ticked before selecting more than one customer. Report filters help you narrow down data based on criteria you specify. You also click on the drop down arrow on the Row Labels heading and get access to additional row level filtering options. Using this option you can select multiple filtering criteria to narrow down your selection. Any of the data fields in the four window areas (Report Filter, Column Labels, Row Labels and Values) can be further manipulated by simply click on the data field and selecting an option from the menu which pops up. The first three sets of options enable you to Using Report Filters FAST TRACK 89
  • 86. V PIVOT TABLES EXCEL 2007 move the data fields around, in between the other windows or remove them. The Value Field Settings option allows you to further customise how the data should look. Value Field Settings help you control how the data should summarized and how the values should be shown. The “Summarize by” tab allows you to choose from various options on how the data should be summarised. The “Show vales as” tab enables you to fur- ther apply rules on how the Selecting Value Field Settings data should be calculated and displayed. For example, you may show the sales of the three departments as a per- centage of the total sales of each department. In this case you would select “Sum” in the “Summarize by” tab and “% of total” in the “Show values by” tab. You may then apply addi- tional filters to narrow down Value Field Settings your selection and view your data as you please. For example, the figure below shows the sales as a percentage of total sales for web design in descending order. Refining data using value field settings By right-clicking on any of the fields in the Row Labels column, you get quick access to some filter options with which you can sort, filter, group, ungroup, or move the data. 90 FAST TRACK
  • 87. EXCEL 2007 PIVOT TABLES V If the built-in func- tions and calculations do not provide you with the results you want, you can use your own formulas to calculate the results Row Label Quick Access Filter Options required. You can either create a formula that will calculate the results for a field (Calculated Field) or for one more item in the field (Calculated Item). To create a formula based on the Calculated Using Calculated Fields Field click on Options and in the Tools group select Calculated Field from the drop-down of the Formulas button. In this example, we have created a new Field called Field2, where the total of Web design and Using Calculated Items Hosting is shown. To create a formula based on a Calculated item, click on Options and in the “Group” section, click on Ungroup and click on the field where you want to add the calculated item. Then click on the Tools sec- tion and select Calculate Item. Depending on which cell you have selected in the PivotTable, the Calculate Item field maybe enabled or disabled. If it is disabled, Excel will not be able to perform item level calculation on that field. In this example, we have inserted a row into the PivotTable FAST TRACK 91
  • 88. V PIVOT TABLES EXCEL 2007 Report that shows the total count of the Customer ID A15 for sales from the three departments. Finally, you can get a quick view of all the formulas in your PivotTable by clicking the List of Formulas option in the Formulas button in the Tools group. Advanced users can also get more fine- grained control by specifying the order in which you want the for- mula to be solved by using the Solve Order option in the same Formulas button drop-down. 5.3. Editing And Formatting PivotTables You cannot directly edit the cells in a PivotTable, but you can change the values in the source data, refine the formulas, and rearrange the data using the Report Filters, Column Labels, etc. Once you’ve made the changes, you can refresh the PivotTable by right-clicking and selecting Refresh to get the revised data. Once you have the data and all the elements you require, you can format your PivotTable to make it look attractive and enhance its readability. Using charts is one way to present the data in a visual form that is easily accessible to the users. To create a chart, click on the PivotChart button under the Options tab. Choose the chart type and click OK. You can use the PivotChart Filter Pane to adjust the look and feel of your graph. Other than PivotChart, you can apply different kinds of for- matting to the PivotTable itself that will improve its look and feel in print or other reports. One option is to manually format the PivotTable, an indi- vidual cell or a cell range in the table using the Format cells option when you right click. This option will enable you to con- trol the formatting exactly as you want it. Note, however, that the Merge Cells option in the Alignment tab will not work in a PivotTable report. 92 FAST TRACK
  • 89. EXCEL 2007 PIVOT TABLES V There are three basic formats to present the PivotTable report in: Compact, Tabular, and Outline. Click on the Report Layout but- ton in the Layout group on the Design Tab to choose which format you want it to be in. The Compact format minimises the data to show it in one screen as far as possible. The Outline format is the classic PivotTable format, and the Tabular format presents the data in a table format to make it easy to copy it from one sheet to another. In the PivotTables Styles group you can select pre-formatted colour templates that make it easier and simpler to quickly choose a colour template. Click on the down arrow button to choose from a variety of style and colour combinations. You may choose one you like and then manually change the formatting for any partic- ular elements that you want to have a different look. In the PivotTables Styles Options group, you can further control how the formatting should appear. For example, after selecting your colour template, you can specify that you should have alternate colour bands in rows (Banded Rows). You can further format your PivotTable in the Layout & Formatting tab in the PivotTable Options window under the PivotTable group in the Options tab. Similarly, you get further formatting options under the Field Settings option in the Active Fields group. You can also use a conditional formatting option to get the Formatting Using the Design group tool FAST TRACK 93
  • 90. V PIVOT TABLES EXCEL 2007 most out of your data. This is espe- cially useful when you want to high- light exceptions in the data that may otherwise not be quickly visible. To quickly apply conditional format- ting, switch to the Home tab after selecting your range of cells. Select the Styles group and use the options in the Conditional Formatting but- Layout & Formatting in ton. These options allow you to spec- PivotTable Options ify rules on how the data within the selected range should be highlighted. Using Conditional Formatting 5.4. Creating PivotTables From External Data To connect to an external data source—which could be an OLAP (Online Analytical Processing) server, text files, Access database or any other valid source of data—you can use the Workbook Connections dialog box. Note that with the new security features access to external data sources may be disabled in Excel 2007. You will need to enable them from the Microsoft Office Trust Center in Excel Options under the Office Button. 94 FAST TRACK
  • 91. EXCEL 2007 PIVOT TABLES V To access the W o r k b o o k Connections dia- log box click on the Connections button under the Connections group in the Data tab. Click on the Add button and you will see a list of existing con- nections that you Get External Data from existing connections can use. If this is the first time you are connecting to the external data source, then depending on the source you are connecting to, you can use one of the options in the Get External Data group in the Data tab. Get data from complex systems Clicking on Existing Connections will open a dialog box which is the same as the one you get when clicking on the Add button in the Workbook Connections dialog box. You can click on the Other Sources button if you want to get access to data from SQL Server, Analytical Services, and XML. You can also use the Data Connection Wizard and Microsoft Query to FAST TRACK 95
  • 92. V PIVOT TABLES EXCEL 2007 create customised con- nections and queries to relational database systems. You can also import data from text files, Access databases and even directly from the Web. Of these, the ability to directly import from the web is Import Data from the Web a brand new feature. Simply click on the From Web button and type the URL of the address you wish to use in the dialog box. The window will access the Web like a regular browser but with a difference: a special yellow arrow highlight will tell you what you can import into Excel. Select the sections you want to see in Excel by clicking on it. The yellow arrow will change to a green tick-mark. Once you are satisfied with your selection, click Import. Excel will ask you where you want to put the data. Choose the required location and click OK. The import function may not how- ever work uniformly with all sites—especially sites where data is being dynamically generated from a database every time you access it. You can also specify additional conditions like back- ground refresh where the data will be kept synchronized with the website. This of course, assumes that you have an always-on Internet connection. 96 FAST TRACK
  • 93. Charts I n Excel, graphical representation of data series is done using charts. Charts have always been an integral part of spreadsheets. Over time, charts generated by spreadsheet programs have improved in terms of visual appeal.
  • 94. VI CHARTS EXCEL 2007 Trends and patterns in data can be observed from charts, trends which might go unnoticed from numbers in a worksheet. For instance, if you have a table with two or more data series, you can use charts to quickly draw inferences from it. If used wisely, charts can give a comprehensive overview of worksheet data. 6.1 The Chart Group The Chart group consists of over all eleven types of charts, each The Chart group in Excel 2007 with its sub-types. To view the Chart group, click on the Insert tab or press [Alt] + [N]. Charts and worksheets go hand in hand with spreadsheets when looking for trends or patterns in your data. Choosing the right chart is completely dependant upon the type of data in your worksheet. You can use a particular set of numerical data to check out all the chart types, most commonly, worksheets that have two data series. Worksheets with more than two data series cannot be used with all chart types. Excel gives you a number of options to manipulate your chart for optimum representation of your data. Unfortunately, no new chart types or features have been added in the step up to Excel 2007 from 2003. 6.2 Types Of Charts Records of daily expenses, the inventory of a storehouse, sales fig- ures, estimated expenses on construction, the records of marks in examinations, etc., can be used to make charts. 98 FAST TRACK
  • 95. EXCEL 2007 CHARTS VI The choice of the appro- priate chart type depends upon how you want the data to be represented. If you can’t figure out what chart type best represents your data, try out all the charts on offer in Excel 2007. The types of charts in Excel 2007 6.2.1 The Column chart A Column chart is the most popular type, and the emphasis is on data that shows time variation. To view the gallery of Column charts, go to Insert > Column, and the gallery will drop down. There are five sub-types of charts, namely 2-D column, 3-D col- umn, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid. A data series can be represented with differently-coloured columns. Also, data series can be stacked upon corresponding data points for relative representation of two or more data series. This could be used to compare sales of two product substitutes The types of Column charts in a specific period. 6.2.2 The Line chart For continuous plotting of data series and viewing trends, Line charts are very popular and widely used. Usually, equal intervals are displayed over the category axis, where more emphasis lies on trends portraying relative importance to values. Under this are seven sub-types, divided into 2D and 3D. FAST TRACK 99
  • 96. VI CHARTS EXCEL 2007 Within 3D, there is only one sub-type that uses data series with 3D effects. But this sub-type does not display it very well. 2D has six sub-types listed under the menus, which are further sub-listed into “With Markers” and “Without Markers”. Of these, the latter displays trends over time, or other categories, while the former displays the contribution of each value over time or other categories. A third has a 100% stacked line that displays the trends of percentage that each value contributes over various categories and time. The Line chart options 6.2.3 The Pie chart A Pie Chart is used on one data series to dis- play relative proportions or contributions to a whole. This type contains six sub-types, classified into 2D and 3D. In the 2D sub-type, the first is like a nor- mal pie, displaying the contribution of each value; the second is an exploded pie with the pieces apart. Then there is a small pie made from a larger pie chart, and a bar graph representation of a pie chart contain- ing details of each slice. 3D has two sub- types; one has all the data series held togeth- er, while the other has an exploded pie with The Pie chart options data values in shape of slices. Emphasis can be placed on a particular slice of the chart by using different colours, broad patterns, or by labelling them. Remember, in a pie chart, only positive values are allowed—using negative values will just convert them to positive integers. 100 FAST TRACK
  • 97. EXCEL 2007 CHARTS VI 6.2.4 The Bar chart Bar charts have fewer sub-types than Column charts, with five categories: 2D bar, 3D bar, cylin- der, cone, and pyramid. Each sub-type has three different ways of being represented: bars of differ- ent values adjacent to each other, data values stacked over each other, or data values stacked over each other with a 100% stacked bar. 6.2.5 The Area chart Area charts are similar to line charts, but the area between the lines is filled in with separate colours. In this type of chart, the emphasis is more on the Bar graphs magnitude of values and less on changes over time. Area charts has two categories: 2D and 3D display. In the 2D type, you will find three sub- types: data values plotted with area fill, stacked area fill, and data values plotted on a 100% stacked area. 6.2.6 Scatter Chart Scatter charts are best suited for showing the Area charts correlation between data values that might not be easily observed. For example, for data series like expenditure, sales, insurance, etc., this type of chart is an apt choice. Both the axes on the chart have numeric values and a legend field. The five sub-types can be used to display correlation using the different variations. The sub-types of the Scatter chart are Markers, Smooth Lines & Markers, Straight Lines & Markers, Scatter charts Smooth Lines, and Straight Lines. FAST TRACK 101
  • 98. VI CHARTS EXCEL 2007 6.2.7 Other charts Apart from the six chart types mentioned, you will find the Other Charts option. This has five chart types listed under it. One of the reasons for listing them separately is their specific use over only certain types of data. 6.2.7.1 The Stock chart As the name suggests, this type of chart is a best fit to deal with stock market data. Between three to five data series are required The types of Stock charts before you can use this chart. Four sub-types are under this type, and each uses different values for high price, low prices, closing price, open prices, and volume. The sub-types have series of values in a particular order: High-low-close (three series), open-high-low-close (four series), vol- ume-high-low-close (four series) and volume-open-high-low-close (five series). Thus, two sub-types use trade volume and the other two use trade value. Also, the sub-type using three series can be used for displaying other data, for example, temperature: high- low-close. 6.2.7.2 The Surface chart Surface Charts display two or more data series across two dimensions on a con- tinuous surface like a curve, with colour distinc- The types of Surface charts tions between each series. Four sub-types are listed. However, 3D points are not plotted, and such charts are used for data that contains more than two numer- ic data series. 6.2.7.3 The Doughnut chart The Doughnut is similar to a Pie chart, but data is displayed in the form of a doughnut. The advantage is, it can display more than 102 FAST TRACK
  • 99. EXCEL 2007 CHARTS VI one data series. Also, the space between the charts can be used to fill in information about the chart. Of the two types avail- able, one is a regular dough- Doughnut charts nut, while the other is an exploded depiction. 6.2.7.4 The Bubble chart This is similar to an XY chart, where sets of three values of data are displayed with differ- ently-sized bubbles plotted like a scattered chart and an area Bubble charts chart. The drawback of this type of chart is, if there is a lot of data, the bubbles might overlap. Two sub-types are available, basically letting you display the bub- bles as 2D or 3D. 6.2.7.5 Radar chart For relative comparison among items, the Radar Chart is a good option. Using a radar chart, changes in data can be shown by relative mapping of Radar charts data on the axis from a centre point. The radar chart has three sub-types—Lines, Markers, and Fill. The Lines type connects different data series with lines; Markers will place dots at corresponding points, and the Fill will just fill a colour in the areas covered by each data series. 6.3 Creating And Customising A Chart To make a chart, follow these steps. 1. After feeding the data into the worksheet, select the range of data you wish to chart. Go to Insert, and you will see the Charts FAST TRACK 103
  • 100. VI CHARTS EXCEL 2007 group. Here, select the type of chart you want to create. Then choose the sub-type and the style. 2. Next, make sure that the data range you want to plot is charted along the appropriate axis. You can change the data range on either axis—vertical (X-axis) or horizontal (Y-axis). To perform this function, select either vertical axis or horizontal axis on the chart area. To perform this function, select Chart from the Design tab; in the Data Group, click on Select Data to display the Select Data Source dialog box and right-click to choose the Select Data option. Select Data Source. A dialog box will pop up. 3. If you wish, you can switch the view of the data to be charted from Rows to Columns of the worksheet at the Select Data Source dialog box. If you’ve know your formulas, you can man- ually feed the data range in the Chart Data Range box. Click OK to see the new chart. 4. You can now name the Chart Titles, and the data sets on the X, Y, and Z axes. The axes can be further customised. 5. From the Gridlines option, add/remove Gridlines across all axes. 6. Place a legend at the top, bottom, corner, or left or right side of the chart. 7. For Data Labels, see §6.5. 8. If you want to show the Data Table on the chart, select the Data Table checkbox. 6.4 Formatting Chart Elements Once you’ve made your chart, you can begin formatting the ele- ments: Either use the Format tab located under the Chart Tools tab, or you can select a Chart element, right-click, and select Format. 104 FAST TRACK
  • 101. EXCEL 2007 CHARTS VI To change the appearance, select the Design Tab and view the Gallery of Chart Styles. The other tab groups under the Design Tab are Type, Data, Chart Layout, and Location. In the Format menu, you will get the tab groups as Current Selection, Shape Styles, WordArt Styles, Arrange, and Size. On the Layout Tab, the tab groups available are Current Selection, Insert (pictures, shapes, and text box), Labels, Axes, Background, Analysis, and Properties. 1. Current Selection Choose the Format Selection Button in the Current Selection Tab group to customise an element. To reset all the customisations you’ve made, use the Reset to Match Style option. 2. Shape Styles Under this tab, you get a variety of options to customise the Shape The tab groups under the Design Tab of Chart Tools Tab groups for formatting under the Format Tab The tab groups for changing the layout, under the Layout Tab Styles of the Chart Title. You can change the shape styles by click- ing on the More button (the little down arrow), change the fill and outline, and select various shape effects. FAST TRACK 105
  • 102. VI CHARTS EXCEL 2007 3. WordArt Styles For text formatting, choose the appropriate buttons from the WordArt Styles options. You can choose the Shape Styles More to select colour, Shape Fill to fill colour in the box, Shape Outline for a new outline colour, and Shape Effects to add effects to the Text to the Chart Title. 4. Arrange Using this tab group, you can arrange your selected objects locat- ed on the Chart. It has three options—Selection Pane, Send to back, and Bring to front. Choose the Selection Pane option and it will appear to the left of the worksheet if you want to view the select- ed objects and change their order and visibility. Also, you can bring the selected object to front or send it to the back by using the Bring to Front and Send to Back options. 5. Size and Properties Using the Size tab group, you can specify the size and positioning of the object and specify alternative text. The height and width of the chart can set using the options listed. Alternative text can be added if required. 6.4.1 Formatting Elements To format almost anything in a chart, just select it, right-click, and click Format. A dialog box to Format Chart Area / Chart Titles / Legend / Plot Area / etc., will appear with formatting options. Here, you can choose to Fill with solid colours or a gradient, change bor- der colours, border styles, add shadows, 3D effects, and change alignments. 6.4.2 Formatting Category Axes Click to select an axis and then right-click and select “Format Axis...”. Here you will be able to modify the intervals between Tick marks (each measurement point on the axis), the interval between labels, the label distance from the axis, the axis type (data or text), Major and Minor tick marks, axis labels, vertical axis crosses and the position of the axis. 106 FAST TRACK
  • 103. EXCEL 2007 CHARTS VI 6.5 Data Labels The Data fed in the worksheet and chart con- taining labels can be customised. Adding data labels gives a better representation to the chart. Click on the Chart, then in the Layout tab, click on Labels. Here you will find Chart Titles, Axis titles, Legend, Data Labels and Data Table. Under Data Labels, you can add, customise posi- tion, and remove labels. You can also add a data series name, category names, and more. Options to change axes 6.6 Finding Trends In Data By now you should be comfort- able with creating charts and drawing inferences from them. You can now proceed to learn how to find trends/regression from your chart. Let’s suppose you have records of books bought in the last six years (2001-2007), and you want to find some trends. The Data Labels options The trend obtained can help you make better decisions in the future when buying books. Click on the chart, and go to the Layout tab. Under Analysis, click on Trendline Chart Area Formatting tools and select More Trendline Options. The Format Trendline option box will appear. Here, the FAST TRACK 107
  • 104. VI CHARTS EXCEL 2007 Trend/Regression Type options are dis- played. Select one out of Exponential, Linear, Logarithmic, Polynomial, Power, and Moving Average. For the Polynomial type and the order and Moving Average type, the period can be customised as required—in our case, Linear type. Next you can provide the name by clicking Custom in the Trendline Name options. In the Forecast Area, select either Forward or Backward as the display period, and then add 2 in the Forecast Trendline options area. Click OK, and the trend line will be visible on the chart. 6.7 Creating, Re-arranging, And Formatting PivotCharts PivotTables are hard to make, and can look like a screen filled with boring data. You can jazz it up by creating a PivotChart. Creating a PivotChart can be fun if you’ve already made a proper PivotTable. Click on Insert, then go to Tables > PivotChart. Select any cell in the PivotTable and go to PivotTable Tools > Options > Tools > PivotChart. In the Insert Chart dialog box, select a type of Chart and click OK. You will now see a PivotChart with the PivotChart Filter Pane. Here, you have the following options: Report Filter, Axis Fields (Categories), Legend Fields (Series), and Values (Sum Total). If you want to add a PivotTable Field List in the worksheet, click on the button next to “Active Fields on PivotChart”. From the PivotTable Field List, you have three options to customise the data series: 1. Drag-n-drop the data series in the Area Selections box 2. Check-uncheck the check box of that particular data series, or 108 FAST TRACK
  • 105. EXCEL 2007 CHARTS VI 3. Right-click on the data series in the Fields list to add to Report Filter, Legend Fields, Axis Fields, or Values. To sort the data series listed in the PivotTable Field List, hover the cursor over it and you will see a small arrow. Click on this for more sorting options. The PivotTable Field List can be customised by ticking the different options listed on the top of PivotTable Fields List. After you’ve customised the options in the PivotTables Field List, right-click on the PivotChart and select Refresh Data. You can find the changes you made (if any) in the PivotTable Fields List on the PivotChart. Re-arranging a PivotChart If you want to make life easier, move the PivotChart to the same worksheet as the corresponding PivotTable. From the PivotChart Tools Tab, click on Design, and select Move. Go to Move Chart > New Sheet. Click OK and open the new chart sheet with your PivotChart. The drop-down list of the PivotChart Filter options can be used to represent data any way you want. Choose one of the two drop-down buttons available: Axis Fields filter the categories charted along the vertical axis, while Legend Fields filter the data series shown in columns, bars or lines in the chart body identified by chart legend. Formatting a PivotChart Although PivotCharts are created from PivotTables, formatting a PivotChart is almost identical to the process with a regular chart. Just use the Design Tab to select the chart type and the sub-type. The Layout of the PivotChart can be customised by changing Chart Titles, Text Boxes, and Gridlines. Use Format to change the look of the graphics and the background. You might find a few options missing while formatting PivotCharts. FAST TRACK 109
  • 106. Macros M acros, in general, allow you to automate repetitive tasks. In this chapter, we tell you how you can record and play back a macro, and also go a little bit into how you can use the VBA editor— which you’ve doubtless heard about—to modify your macros.
  • 107. VII MACROS EXCEL 2007 7.1 An Introduction To Macros Macros let you automate a wide range of tasks, ranging from things like filling in a range with certain values to importing data from other worksheets too. But creating one is simple, even though they can be powerful. (a) Think of a task you do often—like changing the font in a range of cells, or entering some formulas in a range of cells. (b) Turn on the macro recorder, and perform that task once. (c) Assign a shortcut key to the macro. (d) Use the shortcut key to run it thereafter. Macros not only help in speeding up the process of the repeti- tive task, they’re also a good thing because you’re sure it’ll be done the same way every time you run it, eliminating the possibility of an error on your part. To create a macro, you can either use the macro recorder, or you can enter the instructions in the VBA Editor. We’ll come later to what the VBA Editor is, but just remember that that method requires you to have some programming knowledge. Also, do remember that even when you record a macro using the macro recorder, the code that is generated is in VBA (Visual Basic for Applications). So when you record a macro, you can just go to the VBA editor and check what you’ve generated. Here’s about creat- ing macros using the macro recorder. 7.2 Preparing To Record Macros Macros that get recorded are stored (as VBA code) in one of three places—as part of the workbook you’re using right then, as part of a different workbook (which you can specify), or in a globally accessible workbook called the Personal Macro Workbook. This workbook is called PERSONAL.XLSB, and is in the XLSTART (in C:Program FilesMicrosoft OfficeOffice 12) folder. 112 FAST TRACK
  • 108. EXCEL 2007 MACROS VII You can probably guess the difference between each of these. When the macro is stored in the current workbook or in a differ- ent workbook, it’ll only work when that respective workbook is open; if it’s stored in the “globally accessible” PERSONAL.XLSB, it’ll be accessible from any workbook—which means that whatever workbook you open, you can press the shortcut keys and the macro will work. This is what you’ll probably be using most often. At the point of creation of the macro, you specify its name, and what the keyboard shortcut will be. Shortcut keys can be [Ctrl] along with a letter (from A through Z), or [Ctrl] + [Shift] along with a letter. No other types of names are allowed, such as [Ctrl] + [Alt] + [-]. The View tab on the Ribbon has a Macros command button, upon pressing which a drop-down menu with the following three options comes up: The Macros menu appears at the end of the View Tab ➠ View Macros: This will open the Macro dialog box, where you select a macro to run or edit. ➠ Record Macro: This will opens the Record Macro dialog box, where you define the settings for a new macro and then start the macro recorder. ➠ Use Relative References: When this is depressed, Excel will, of course, use relative references when recording the macro. This is FAST TRACK 113
  • 109. VII MACROS EXCEL 2007 important. When, for example, your cursor is in cell A1, and your macro consists of typing in “Digit”, there are two possibilities: (a) With the “Use Relative References” button not depressed, run- ning the macro will produce the text “Digit” in whichever cell you are in at the time you run the macro, say H16. (b) With the button depressed, the macro will record the relative position. So if your cursor was in cell A1 when you began record- ing, and you typed in “Digit” in cell A2, then, when you run the macro with your cursor in cell H20, you’ll get “Digit” in cell H21. Use “Show Developer tab in the Ribbon” from the Office Button, as explained If you’re looking for a single button to record macros, you’ll need to add the Developer tab to the Ribbon. Simply click Office Button > Excel Options, then click “Show Developer Tab in the Ribbon” on the Popular tab. Click OK. 114 FAST TRACK
  • 110. EXCEL 2007 MACROS VII 7.3 Recording And Using Macros When you turn on the macro recorder—say from the Developer tab— you’ll need to first press Start Recording, and choose whether you want to use relative cell references. Then do whatever you need to be recorded. For example, you could choose to enter 23, 34, and 35 in a range of cells, then sum them up. But before you do this, it’s a good idea to give the macro a name more descriptive than “Macro1”. You cannot use spaces in the name, and the name must begin with a let- ter. Next, you enter the shortcut key, which is pretty intuitive—except for the small fact that you shouldn’t overwrite inbuilt functions by, say, using [Ctrl] + [V] (paste) as a shortcut. Next, select what location to store the macro in, the options for which we’ve already talked about. Now for the actual task. Press “Start Recording”, and do what you need to be recorded— say entering three num- bers and summing them, or inserting text at a par- ticular font size and with a certain formatting. Click “Stop Recording” when you’re done. Your The Record Macro dialog box macro should work when you next use the shortcut key. You can also view all your macros by doing any of the following (and then you can run them): Under the Developer tab, you have the Macro options FAST TRACK 115
  • 111. VII MACROS EXCEL 2007 ❍ Click the View Macros option on the Macros command button on the View tab. ❍ Click the Macros command button on the Developer tab of the Ribbon. ❍ Press [Alt] + [F8]. After any of these three actions, Excel will open the Macro dialog box. It will list the names of all the macros in the current work- book and in your Personal Macro Workbook. Click the name of the macro you want to run and click the Run button The Macro dialog box. You’ll use this often (or press [Enter]). A point to remember when running a macro is that if you run it in a worksheet that already contains some data in the cells that the macro modifies, you could lose the existing data. Why worry— just undo by pressing [Ctrl] + [Z], right? The problem is that a macro is not a single action: there are several steps that Excel per- forms while running the macro, depending on how complex the macro is. As a result, you might need to undo many times to undo the action of the macro. 116 FAST TRACK
  • 112. EXCEL 2007 MACROS VII 7.4 The Visual Basic Editor If you want to see the code of a macro you entered, you’ll need to open its “code” window—open the Visual Basic Editor by pressing [Alt] + [F11], then from the left, double-click the appropriate “mod- ule” that contains the code, and the code window will come up on the right. (We won’t go into what Modules are, because you won’t need it right now.) You create a lot of such code when you record a Macro! Like we said, any macro you record gets stored as VBA code. What we’re telling you now is, you don’t necessarily need to record a macro: you can write it out directly. Here is an example of how you can write a macro entirely in the VBA editor. We’re including this here just so you can feel comfortable with what’s going on, and what on earth the VBA editor is! To keep track of what you’ve written, use comments. Anything you type in after a single quote will appear green in the VBA edi- tor, and it will be ignored when the macro is running. FAST TRACK 117
  • 113. VII MACROS EXCEL 2007 So here goes: open the VBA editor by pressing [Alt] + [F11]. Then go to the Project Explorer at the top left, and select “VBAProject”. There, right-click and insert a “Module”, or go to “Module 1” (for example) if it’s already there. You might see a couple of macros already in the code win- dow at the right. Remember that macros start with “Sub” and end with “End Sub”, and then you can place your macro text anywhere you want—for example, after one “End Sub” that’s already in the module. Now, the following code will copy a range of cells and paste them in the current cell: ’This is my first macro Sub CopyARange() ’This is the name of the macro Range(“C24:C35”).Copy Destination:=ActiveCell ’To-do: Get help on what ActiveCell and .Copy are End Sub The lines that begin with a single quote are ignored. The range here is C24 to C35. You run the macro using the procedure we already described. For another simple example, here’s how to fill cells D1 through D4 with the squares of the numbers beginning from 5—that is, 25, 36, 49, and 64. This code requires you to go through several num- bers—four of them—so we use what is called a “for loop”: Sub Squares() For x = 5 To 8 Cells(x, 4).Select Selection.Value = x^2 Next x End Sub 118 FAST TRACK
  • 114. EXCEL 2007 MACROS VII These four numbers were generated by one click. It could have been four hundred Line by line, here’s what the code does: 1. The declaration that this is a “subroutine”—something that will be executed when it is called upon to do so. 2. Do the following for the values of x from 5 to 8. 3. Select the cells in row x and column 4, with x being dictated by whatever iteration of the loop the program is in. 4. Set the value of the cell to the square of the row number. 5. “Next x” indicates the end of the loop. 6. End this subroutine. You’ll often be using the for… next loop in Excel, because many things need to be done repetitively across cells. Now about help: say you see, in your macro, which you recog- nise by name, you see something like “ActiveCell”. You don’t know what it does. Simply highlight it, and press [F1], and you’ll get help—you’ll see what “ActiveCell” means, in what contexts it’s used, and so on. Record various macros, look up the help in this manner, and you should get a hang of how to code in VBA—or at least modify your own macros. On to modifying macros: if the macro you want to edit is in your Personal Macro Workbook, you need to un-hide the work- book. To un-hide the PMW, click the Unhide command button on FAST TRACK 119
  • 115. VII MACROS EXCEL 2007 the View tab. (If you can’t find it, press [Alt] > [W] > [U].) The Unhide dialog box will open, showing the PERSONALB workbook in its Unhide Workbook list box. Click PERSONALB in the list box and press [Enter]. In general, to open a macro for editing, press [Alt] + [F8] which, like we said, opens the Macro dialog box. You’ll find that you can click on a macro name and try to edit it, but if the macro is in a non-open worksheet, you’ll get a dialog saying you can’t edit it and that you need to un-hide the workbook first. Do this the same way you’d un-hide the PMW. 7.5 Editing With The VBE Do the following. Begin recording a new macro; position your cur- sor in cell A1, and type in “I am recording a macro.” Then colour it reddish-brown, underline it, give it a font, and make it larger. Stop recording the macro. You know what the macro will do—when you press the short- cut key, it will bring up that text in that style in that location (unless you used a relative location). Now, open the VBE, and in the appropriate module, find the code for the macro, which will be something like this: Sub Macro2() ’ ’ Macro2 Macro ’ Macro recorded 01/01/1970 by digit_fan ’ ’ Keyboard Shortcut: Ctrl+Shift+A ’ ActiveCell.FormulaR1C1 = “I am recording a macro.” Range(“A1”).Select With Selection.Font .Name = “Cambria” 120 FAST TRACK
  • 116. EXCEL 2007 MACROS VII .FontStyle = “Regular” .Size = 14 .Strikethrough = False .Superscript = False .Subscript = False .OutlineFont = False .Shadow = False .Underline = xlUnderlineStyleSingle .ColorIndex = 53 End With End Sub Now what do all the above mean? It’s easy to see that you can edit the size to be something other than 14; it’s easy to see that you can edit the font to whatever you want. “ColorIndex”, too, can be played around with. But for all the rest, you’ll need to use Excel’s inbuilt help. Like, what is “OutlineFont”? What is “Shadow”? At this point, we can tell you three things: 1. Play around with the macros (subroutines). In our text example above, position the cursor somewhere other than cell A1 and see what happens. It prints out the text with- out the formatting. Why? Go figure—literally! Learn by experimentation. 2. If you’re not the experimentative kind, create the macros you’re most likely to use, then use the inbuilt help for each small thing. You should get the hang of it soon enough—at least enough for you to be able to edit your own macros. 3. If you want to write your own macros for all kinds of stuff: we hate to tell you this, but VBA is a vast topic—we could use a couple of Fast Track editions just for that! For now, down- load Microsoft’s Office 2003 Editions: Excel VBA Language Reference, if you’re interested, from www.microsoft.com/ downloads/details.aspx?familyid=2204a62e-4877-4563-8e83- 4848dda796e4&displaylang=en (http://tinyurl.com/56rj5). FAST TRACK 121
  • 117. Graphic Elements T he graphical elements in Office 2007 have been reborn: they’re more swanky and contemporary than ever before. They have been revamped suite-wide, and are now available as a full-blown feature in Excel 2007. The use of the Ribbon feature makes it possible to select various styles and features in the fewest number of clicks, saving you time and making your job simpler.
  • 118. VIII GRAPHIC ELEMENTS EXCEL 2007 The Illustrations menu Access the graphical elements from the Ribbon (Insert > Illustrations). You have options such as Picture, Clip Art, Shapes, and SmartArt. Alternatively, you can place any of these categories in the Quick Access Toolbar above the Ribbon for easy one-click access. 8.1 The Shapes Group The shapes menu has all the basic shapes you would normally find in earlier versions of Excel. Apart from Lines, Basic Shapes, Block Arrows, Flowchart, Callouts, and Star Banners, there is a Recently Used Shapes option that intelligently stores all the shapes you recently used, for quick access. These shapes can be easily drawn and formatted too. 8.2 Drawing Basic Shapes Drawing basic shapes is easy! Go to Insert > Shapes and then choose the shape you want to select. Next, drag the cursor diago- nally across the worksheet to create the shape in the size you want. If you want to maintain the horizontal or vertical aspect ratio of the shape while enlarging or reducing its size, you can hold down [Ctrl] while doing so. Alternatively, holding down the [Ctrl] + [Shift] keys will maintain both the horizontal and vertical aspect ratios of the shape you are drawing. Under Shapes > Recently Used Shapes, there is a shape called Scribble. What this does is, it allows you to create custom shapes of your choice. So if you want to doodle or create a shape for your signature, this is the tool you should use. All the regular formatting settings apply to this shape, so you can further stylise your creative genius! 124 FAST TRACK
  • 119. EXCEL 2007 GRAPHIC ELEMENTS VIII In comparative terms, the shapes feature is a major improvement over any other version of Excel developed by Microsoft, freeing you from the clunky diagrams of the past. This feature supports anti-aliasing, which gives your diagrams the smooth and professional edges you’ve always dreamed of. 8.3 Formatting Graphic Objects Unlike its predecessors, Excel 2007 allows you to add all kinds of pictures to your worksheet. All image file extensions are sup- ported, including the Macintosh PICT and WordPerfect Graphics formats! What is so special about it? The fun starts as soon as you add a picture or make a shape. You see a new menu item open up inside the ribbon called Picture Tools > Format, which allows you to format the image in ways that will make your colleagues jealous! You can play around with any setting in the Ribbon You can play around with the brightness and contrast or make your image greyscale, sepia, or any other colour you want it to be. If you happen to go overboard with these Adjust settings, you can always reset your picture to its original by clicking on Reset Picture. The Picture Styles option allows you to add various default settings like a frame or a bevel effect, or a shadow, or even adding perspective. What’s really fascinating is that you can combine any number of these effects to create an effect to your liking. You can also use Crop to remove unnecessary parts of your image. Let’s try creating the image shown in 5 easy steps... 8.3.1 Click Insert > Shapes and choose the smiley under Basic Shapes. FAST TRACK 125
  • 120. VIII GRAPHIC ELEMENTS EXCEL 2007 Don’t forget to play around with the shape effects! 8.3.2 Holding [Ctrl] + [Shift] on the keyboard, left-click and drag it diagonally across the worksheet till you reach the desired size of your smiley. Now you can colour your smiley based on your preferences. 8.3.3 Go to Insert > Shapes and choose any shape under Callouts. 8.3.4 Holding [Ctrl] + [Shift], left-click and drag the mouse diagonally across the worksheet till you reach the desired size of your callout. Now you can colour your callout based on your preferences. Don’t forget to play around with the Shape Effects. 8.3.5 After that is done, click onto the callout to bring-up the Drawing Tools > Format menu. In there, click WordArt Styles > Text Fill and enter “Hello World” as your text. You have now officially mastered the art of formatting graphic objects in Excel 2007! 8.4 WordArt WordArt is another good feature in Excel 2007. This used to be the most underestimated feature of Excel, promising much more than it offered. Not any more. Thanks to the new formatting options which have been incorporated into the WordArt functionality, this option has become more powerful than ever before. 126 FAST TRACK
  • 121. EXCEL 2007 GRAPHIC ELEMENTS VIII The function can be accessed by going to Insert > WordArt (on the extreme right). Once there, you can choose from a range of styles that suit your mood. If you’re the adventurous type, or you want to tweak your style a little, you can customise it by choosing The various options available under WordArt among various options under Drawing Tools > Format > Shape Styles, and keep experimenting with all the options there. Let’s try to make the above custom WordArt in 3 easy steps. Making a custom shape style ❍ Go to Insert > WordArt (at the extreme right) and choose the style that you want from the drop-down list. ❍ In the new window that appears, enter “Think Digit!” ❍ Now in Drawing Tools > Format > Shape Styles, you can tweak either Shape Fill or Shape Outline or Shape Effects to create a style completely your own... Congratulations! Your skill in using Excel 2007 has increased a notch! FAST TRACK 127
  • 122. VIII GRAPHIC ELEMENTS EXCEL 2007 8.5 Pictures and ClipArt The Pictures and Clipart functionality seems to have been tightly integrated to the Microsoft Web site in this latest edition of Excel. What is good to see is that searching for either clipart or images allows you to also choose from Microsoft’s online collec- tion. It is good to see that there are approx- imately 1,50,000 images and sounds avail- able at the Microsoft Office Web site; quite a few of them are royalty-free. There is robust support for image files too. All image file extensions are supported, including the Macintosh PICT and WordPerfect Graphics formats. What this essentially means is that if you have a spreadsheet that was, say, created on a Macintosh with pictures saved in the .pict extension, you wouldn’t need to have QuickTime installed to view those images Notice how you get the correctly. They will appear correctly without option to even search the Web for a any need for third-party software. particular ClipArt Another wonderful feature with Picture and ClipArt is that it is integrated into all the new and wonderful formatting options available with Excel 2007. What that means is that an unlimited number of style variations can be applied to your picture or clipart. 128 FAST TRACK
  • 123. EXCEL 2007 GRAPHIC ELEMENTS VIII 8.6 SmartArt Various SmartArt charts It is common knowledge that the impact of graphics in spreadsheets increases recall. Yet, in today’s age, it is very difficult to create professional- looking corporate charts and dia- grams using standard tools. Charting this information makes for a tremen- dous improvement. However, there are times when you want to represent data in a completely new format. This A sample chart is where SmartArt graphics are best utilised. Though this is a function we see hav- ing great productivity in PowerPoint 2007, it’s avail- ability suite-wide and is an added bonus to Excel. All the old charts—organisation- al, process, and Venn dia- grams—have been reborn as The various formatting options SmartArt. Though you can FAST TRACK 129
  • 124. VIII GRAPHIC ELEMENTS EXCEL 2007 still do charts the traditional way, you can edit ready-made charts using the SmartArt functionality. What SmartArt essentially does is, it allows you to select pre- defined styles from a variety of charts and allows you to enter contextual text wherever applicable. Text and positioning of shapes get automatically sized based on the style you choose. What’s more, you can seamlessly change from various pre-defined styles at a click of a button... Everything reverts to the pre-defined style instantly, without you having to change the font or colour or background. Charts created using SmartArt can again be formatted with various pre-defined or custom Shape Styles and/or WordArt Styles. Here is a table of other SmartArt accessibility shortcuts. To do this Press Insert a new SmartArt graphic [Alt] + [N] + [M] Open the online Help [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [F1] Switch between the Text pane and your SmartArt graphic [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [F2] Move from the Text pane to the Ribbon, [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [F2] to move which is a part of the Microsoft Office to the SmartArt graphic, and Fluent user interface then press [Alt] to move to the Ribbon With a shape selected, move between [Tab] shapes in your SmartArt graphic Indent text in the Text pane [Tab] Negatively indent text in the Text pane [Shift] + [Tab] Add a tab character to text in the Text pane [Ctrl] + [Tab] 130 FAST TRACK
  • 125. EXCEL 2007 GRAPHIC ELEMENTS VIII Select multiple shapes in the Text pane Select a line of text in the Text pane, and then press [Shift] + [Down Arrow] to select the additional shapes With a shape selected, increase [Shift] + [Up Arrow] or [Right the size of a shape Arrow] With a shape selected, decrease [Shift] + [Down Arrow] or the size of a shape [Left Arrow] Resize the shape in very small increments [Ctrl] + [Shift] + [Up Arrow], [Down Arrow], [Right Arrow], or [Left Arrow] Move the shape in the direction [Up Arrow], [Down Arrow], that you want [Right Arrow], or [Left Arrow] Move or “nudge” the shape in [Ctrl] + [Up Arrow], [Down very small increments [Arrow], [Right Arrow], or [Left Arrow] Rotate the shape in the desired [Alt] + [Right Arrow] or [Left direction 15 degrees Arrow] Rotate the shape 1 degree: [Ctrl] + [Alt] + [Right Arrow] or [Left Arrow] If you want to save the SmartArt chart you just made, go to Ribbon > Save As > Other Formats, and save the worksheet as a Web page! After it is saved, a new folder will be made, which will house your SmartArt chart image in the .png format. FAST TRACK 131
  • 126. Formulas And Functions I n Chapter 3, we briefly touched upon what you can do with formulas, how to check for errors, and how to trace them. In this chapter, we delve deeper, looking at the basics of how to construct a formula using functions, plus an in-depth look at some of the more popular basic Excel functions.
  • 127. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 9.1. The Basics Formulas and functions are what make Excel more than just a printable grid of columns and rows. As explained in Chapter 3, you create a formula by using mathematical and calculation operators in combination with numbers or cell references (=5+3, =A1+B6, etc.) or by using pre-built functions that make it easier to do com- plex calculations in a single step (=SUM(A2:A10), etc.). All formulas and functions start with the “=” sign. This indi- cates to Excel that what follows is a calculation. Calculations are done using operators. In many cases the operators themselves are sufficient to obtain the required results, without having to depend on functions. There are four types of operators in Excel 2007: arithmetic, comparison, text, and reference. Depending on the opera- tor, the order of calculation may also vary. Each operator has a different level of prece- dence: in a formula where more than one operator is used, Excel will calculate the result in a pre-determined sequence. For example, the formula “=2+5*3/-4” will first calculate 3 divided by -4, since negative The operator types values have the highest prece- dence. This will be followed by the multiplication and then the addition. Hence the result will be 1.75 and not -5.25, which would have been the result if you had used a simple left-to-right calculation order. Operator calculation order 134 FAST TRACK
  • 128. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX When two operators are of the same level, Excel will calculate from left to right. For example, “=2*3/4” will cause the multiplica- tion to be done first, and then the division. If you use parentheses, what is inside them will be calculated first, irrespective of the precedence order. For example, “= 2*(3/4)” will calculate 3 divided by 4 before multiplying by 2. When you are using complex formulas where you may have multiple parentheses nested one within another, you will need to ensure that for each open bracket there is a closing bracket. If you make a mistake, Excel will bring up aan error and automatically suggest corrections. For example, the formula “=SUM(SUM(A4:C4), SUM(A5:C5)” has the final outer bracket missing. Excel will detect this and suggest corrections, at which point you should review your formula and make corrections if needed. What makes Excel so powerful isare its inbuilt functions. To use them, click on the Formula tab. You get a wide range of func- tions and formulas that you can choose from the Function Library group. The functions are in ten categories: ❍ Financial ❍ Logical ❍ Text ❍ Date & Time ❍ Lookup & Reference ❍ Math & Trigonometry And, by clicking on the More Functions button: ❍ Statistical ❍ Engineering ❍ Cube ❍ Information The functions’ names are quite self-explanatory, but we’ll be delving into some of the function categories in more detail in later sections. The function categories Text, Lookup & Reference, FAST TRACK 135
  • 129. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 The Function Library in Excel Engineering, Cube, and Information are advanced topics, and we will not cover them. You can find examples and explanations of those functions in the Excel help section. Other than these above cate- gories there is also the Recently Used button, which will show you a list of functions that have been recently used in Excel, as well as the AutoSum button. Clicking on the arrow next to the AutoSum button, you can get access to not just the Sum function but also to the Average, Count, Min, and Max Choosing your function functions as well. This is an improvement over earlier versions of Excel where you could only get access to the Sum function by click- ing on the button. (See the Math & Trigonometry section for more on these functions.) You also have the “fx Insert” function button that enables you to search for and select a function. Click on the button, and in the pop-up window, you’ll have multiple choices. First, you can type in a brief description of what you are look- ing for in the function, and Excel will give you a list of possibili- ties based on matching keywords. Of course, this means you will need to be as precise and accurate as possible in the terminolo- gy you use. The search feature is useful when you do not know which category the function belongs to: if you do know the cate- gory, you can select one from the category drop-down list, and 136 FAST TRACK
  • 130. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX narrow down the list of functions you’ll have to scroll through. Clicking on any function in the “Select a function:” box will show you a brief description of what the function does in the space below the “Select a function” window. If you want to learn more about a particular function you can click the Help on this function link to open its help documentation. Once you have made your selection, click OK to open the Function Arguments window. In this window, you enter specific values for the selected function. The available fields and values may vary; however, you will get a description of what is expected in each field. Some values may be required, others may be option- al. At the minimum, you will have to enter the required values for the function to work and display a result without bringing up an error. Once you’ve entered the values you require to, click OK to display the result in your worksheet. A function consists of some standard parts. In general, a func- tion is of the form: =function_name(argument1, argument2, …argumentN) All Excel func- tions—which are actu- ally advanced formu- las—start with the equals sign followed by the name of the func- tion. This is followed by the open bracket, then followed by a number Entering the values for your function of arguments that may use any of the valid operators—arithmetic, comparison, text, or ref- erence (as discussed above). Last comes the closing bracket. An argument is a value that can be assigned by either specify- FAST TRACK 137
  • 131. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 ing it manually or by referring to a cell ref- erence or a cell range reference. There are two ways of entering arguments in the Function arguments window—manually or by selection. For manual entry, you Manual or Drag-and-Select entry of function type in the cell refer- arguments ence or values directly into the Function Arguments box, or you can have Excel automatically fill in the reference for you. To do that, click inside in the field where you want to fill in the refer- ences automatically. Move the Function Arguments window to the side till you are able to select your cell range. Drag and select the cell range that contains the values you need. The range reference will be automatically entered into the selected field. Some arguments require special formats for them to use the arguments. For example, functions in the Date & Time category may require that date arguments be specified in calendar form and not numerically. Some functions may not have arguments. For example, the function “=PI()” will show the result of Pi to 15 decimal points. Likewise, the function “=TodayTODAY()” will show the current date. In both these cases, no additional arguments are involved. However, note the opening and closing brackets. Whether there are arguments or not, these brackets are compulsory and follow the function name. 9.2 Logical Functions Excel has seven logical functions: AND, FALSE, IF, IFERROR, NOT, OR, TRUE. All these functions, except for the IFERROR function, will 138 FAST TRACK
  • 132. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX show either logical TRUE or logical FALSE after evaluating all these values in the function. Here is a brief overview of the functions. ❍ AND(logical1,logical2,….,logicaln): Verifies all the arguments and displays TRUE if all the results are logically true. If any of the arguments are not logically true, it will display FALSE. Example: =AND(A3=B6,F5<>234) Excel will here check to see if the values in A3 and B6 are equal, if they are not then Excel will display (return) the value FALSE. If A3 and B6 are equal, then Excel will evaluate the next argument. It will check to verify whether F5 is not equal to 234. If this is TRUE, then Excel will return the value TRUE. If it F5 is equal to 234, Excel will return FALSE. ❍ FALSE(): No arguments are used; this one just returns logical FALSE. Usually the FALSE() function is the result of a logical function (like AND, NOT, EQUALS etc) or used in combination with some other logical function. Example: =IF (A3=FALSE,D5+25,D10=D5) (See the IF function for an explanation) ❍ IF(logical_test,value_if_true,value_if_false): Checks the logical value of the first argument. If it is TRUE, Excel uses the second argument; if that one is not TRUE, then Excel uses the third argument. Example: =IF (A3=FALSE,D5+25, D5+5) If cell A3 has a value of FALSE, then add 25 to D5 and return the value. If A3 does not have a value of FALSE, then add 5 to D5 and return the value. ❍ IFERROR(value,value_if_error): Checks whether the first argu- FAST TRACK 139
  • 133. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 ment is returns an error, if it is returns an error, it uses the value in the second argument, else it displays the first argu- ment’s value Example: =IFERROR (A3/23,”Sorry! Non computable error!”) Divide cell A3 by 23. If the result is an error, then display the text “Sorry! Non computable error!”, else display the result of the division ❍ NOT(logical): Checks if the argument is TRUE or FALSE. If TRUE, the value returned is FALSE. If FALSE, the value returned is TRUE. Example: =NOT(A3=A4) If “A3 is equal to A4” is TRUE, then the value returned will be FALSE. If A3 is not equal to A4, the value returned will be TRUE. ❍ OR(logical1,logical2,…logicaln): If any of the logical arguments are true, it returns the value TRUE; if all the arguments are false, it returns the value FALSE. Example: =OR(A3=A4,B5<190) If either A3 is equal to A4 or B5 is less than 190, then the value returned is TRUE. If A3 is not equal to A4 and B5 is equal to or greater than 190, the value returned is FALSE. ❍ TRUE() : No arguments are used; it just returns logical TRUE. Similar to the FALSE() function. 9.3 Date and Time Functions Using date and time functions can becoming confusing if you do not understand how Excel treats dates and times internally. Externally, the data and time will be displayed in the human- friendly date/month/year format and its variations, and 140 FAST TRACK
  • 134. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX time will be displayed in the 24-hour or AM/PM format. Internally, however, Excel automatically stores any date and time value in a serial number that is calculat- ed based on January 1, 1900 being equal to the number 1, and every subsequent date being an increment of 1 from Choose the Date and Time format for your cells that date. That is, Excel will internally store January 2, 1900 as 2, February 2, 1900 as 33, and so on. Similarly, time is stored as a decimal fraction starting from midnight equal to 0.00000000, and, say, 6:33 AM equal to 0.27291700—and so on. To work with date and time values, you would normally for- mat the cells where the data is being entered. That is, if you wish to display the date and time in dd/mm/yyyy format and time in 12-hour format, you would select the cell, right-click, and select Format Cells, then use the Date and Time sections in the Number tab to select from pre-defined date and time formats. Or, you may use the Custom section to specify any non-standard date and time formats. Excel normally displays the date and time based on the region- al settings of the computer you are working on. This will be the default display for date and time. On most computers, the default date setting is usually in the American format mm/dd/yyyy, where the display will show month first followed by day and year. The Indian format is, of course, to have the date first followed by month and year i.e. dd/mm/yyyy. You can change the default dis- play to this format by changing the Regional Settings in the Control Panel. FAST TRACK 141
  • 135. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 Excel, and even Windows in general, use the following formats in handling dates: ❍ dd displays the date in numeric format ❍ ddd displays the day limited to the first three letters ❍ dddd displays the full word of the day ❍ mm displays the month in numeric format ❍ mmm displays the month in words limited to the first three let- ters ❍ mmmm displays the full word for the month ❍ yy displays the year in two digit format ❍ yyyy displays the year in four digit format ❍ hh displays the hour ❍ mm displays the minutes unless the context makes it refer to month ❍ ss displays the seconds Thus a custom format of the type ddd, dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm:ss AM/PM will display the date and time 12th May, 2006 7:18 PM and 34 seconds in the following manner: Fri, 12/05/2006 07:18:34 PM If you omit the AM/PM, then the time will be displayed in 24-hour format irrespective of how it is entered. Also note that you need not enter the day. You just enter the date and time and Excel will automatically pick up the correct day. Similarly, if you leave out the time, Excel will assume it is 00:00 (midnight). Also, if you leave out the year, Excel will assume you are talking about the current year. Thus, for the above format, if you wanted to enter 6 February 2007 with no reference to the time, you could simply enter 6/2 or 6 Feb. Excel will automatically apply the above date format and display: 142 FAST TRACK
  • 136. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX Tue, 06/02/2007 12:00:00 AM With this basic idea of how Excel treats date and time functions we can go on to doing date and time calculations. The most com- Simple date calculations mon calculation you’ll use dates for is to find out the elapsed days or times between two dates. For example, if you want to find out the number of days between 14th April 2007 and 22nd May 2000, do the following: Enter the above dates into two cells, say A1 and B1 respec- tively. Now you can simply type in, say, cell C1 “= A1—B1”. The result, however, may be shown in the date format, since Excel “sees” dates in both the cells and assumes that the format for the result should also be in date format. To change it to the number format, right click on cell C1, select Format cells, and choose the Number option on the Number tab. This will then show the num- ber of days between the two dates. Likewise if you want to find out, say, the date 25 days prior to 14th April, you can use a for- mula as in the figure below. In this case, the result will directly show you the date. 9.3.1. Date Functions TODAY() Of all the date functions, the easiest has to be the TODAY function. Entered as “=TODAY()”, it has no arguments, and returns the cur- rent date in the cell. Note that the date in the cell will keep chang- ing every time the workbook is opened on different dates. This function should not be used if you want the date to remain fixed FAST TRACK 143
  • 137. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 whenever you open the workbook. DATE(year,month,day) Example: =DATE(A1,A2,A3) This combines the val- ues in the arguments into a single cell. Thus if you have the year, month, and date and The date function separate cells, you can use this function to combine it into a single cell and display it in the date format. DATEVALUE(date_text) Example: =DATEVALUE(A1) where A1 = ‘5/12/2006 When you use the apostrophe sign before a number or date, Excel stores the value as text. Normally, you will not be able to perform any of the calculations because it is internally referenced as text. You use the DATE- VALUE function to con- The “DATEVALUE” function vert the text version of the date into an Excel number for the corresponding date. You can then use this number to perform calculations. DAY(serial_no) Example: DAY( ((DATE(07,03,25))) The serial_no argument returns any day of the month between 1 and 31. In the above example, the DATE function is nested inside the DAY function. Hence, the value returned by the DAY function will be 25, since the DATE function contains the value 2007 for the year, 03 for the month, and 25 for the day. 144 FAST TRACK
  • 138. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX WEEKDAY(serial_no,return_type) Example: WEEKDAY((DATE(07,03,25)),2) The serial_no argument returns any day of the week between 1 and 7 or 0 and 6. The return_type argument is a number between 1 and 3. It specifies how the weekday should be handled. If the return_type is 1, then 1=Sunday and 7=Saturday. If the return_type is 2, then 1=Monday and 7=Sunday. If the return _type is 3, then 0=Monday and 6=Sunday. In the above example, we want to find out the day for the second return type where 1=Monday and 7=Sunday. The value returned will be 1. MONTH(serial_no) Example: MONTH((DATE(07,03,25))) The serial_no argument returns any day of the month between 1 and 12. In the above example, the value returned will be 3. YEAR(serial_no) Example: YEAR((DATE(15,03,25))) The serial_no argument returns any year between 1900 and 9999. Note that in the above example, the DATE function specifies the year as 15, which Excel will refer to recognise as 1915. If you want Excel to recognize to 21st century years, you will need to enter the full year in the following format: YEAR((DATE(2015,03,25))) DAYS360(start_date,end_date,method) Example: DAYS360(A1,B2,FALSE) This function calculates the number of days given the start_date The “DAYS360” function: difference between the US and European methods argument and the end_date argument for a 360-day year where there are 12 months with 30 days each. The method argument spec- ifies which calculation method to use: US or European. If using the FAST TRACK 145
  • 139. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 European method, the value of the argument will be TRUE. If using the US method, the value of the argument will be FALSE. In the US method, if the starting date value is the 31st of the month, then this function will treat it as 30th of the month; if the ending date is the 31st of the month and the starting date is earlier than the 30th of the month, then the ending date becomes the first of the next month, else the ending date becomes the 30th of the same month. In the European method, any date of 31st is treated as 30th of the month. 9.3.2. Time Functions Similar to the date functions, there are some useful time func- tions as well. NOW() Like the TODAY date function, the NOW time function does not take any arguments. It simply returns the current system time into the cell, along with the date. Again, like with the TODAY func- tion, you should note that the value stored in the cell keeps chang- ing every time you open or calculate the sheet. TIME(hour,minute,second) Example: =TIME(A1,B1,C1) Combines the time values for hour, minute, and second from dif- ferent values or cells into a single cell. It’s similar to the DATE The TIME function with different values 146 FAST TRACK
  • 140. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX function; however, the hour value should normally be between 0 and 23. If the value exceeds 23, then the number is divided by 24 and the remainder is taken as the hour value (see figure). Likewise, for the minute and second arguments the expected values should be between 0 and 59; if the values exceeds 59, it is converted into hours and minutes and added, in the case of the minute argu- ment.to the minutes. Example: If the hour value is 1 and the minute value is 74 the hh:mm value will be 2:14, that is 74 minutes has been converted to 1 hour 14 minutes and added to the total. Similarly, for the second argument, if the values exceed 59, then it is converted into hours, minutes, and seconds and then added. See the figure to understand how this works. TIMEVALUE(time_text) Example: =TIMEVALUE(A1) where A1=’8:15:46 PM Similar to DATEVALUE, if the time is entered as a text in Excel by using the apostrophe before the time, then this function will con- vert it into the time format. HOUR(serial_number) Example: =HOUR(A1) where A1=9:30:24 PM Extracts only the hour portion in the time value specified. In the above example, Excel will return the value 21, which is the value for 9 PM in the 24-hour format. Similarly, the functions MINUTE(serial_number) and SECOND(serial_number) extract the minutes and seconds in a specified time value respectively. 9.4 Financial Functions Due to the use of financial terminology Ffinancial functions may seem the most obscure diffcult to understand of all the functions available in Excel. We take you through the basics in this section. While some understanding of financial terms is always helpful you don’t need to be accounting whiz kid to use the basic finan- cial functions. We show you how. PV(rate,nper,pmt,[fv],[type]) FAST TRACK 147
  • 141. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 PV stands for Present Value. This function calculates the Present Value of an investment. The arguments it uses are as follows. RATE: This is the interest rate for a given period, usually annual. NPER: This is the total number of payments during the life of the investment. This number is arrived at by calculating the length of time that interest is paid and multiplying this by the point in time when interest is earned. For example, a loan of 4 years with 12 monthly interests payments has an NPER value of 4 x 12 = 48 payment periods. PMT: This is the amount paid at each period of the investment and usually includes principal plus interest. FV: This is the principal plus interest that you want to earn after having made your last payment. If you do not enter this value, Excel assumes that FV=0. PV Calculation with PMT or FV TYPE: Enter 0 or ignore this argument when payment is made at the end of the period. Enter 1 if the payment is made at the beginning of the period. For example, in the figure above, the annual rate for a loan is 10.25%. This has been divided by 12 to arrive at the per-month value for the RATE in the next column. The annual rate is con- verted into a monthly rate because the payment periods (NPER) and payments (PMT) are monthly. In the two examples, for a pay- ment per month of Rs 1,500, the PV will be Rs 43,318.19. For a future value of Rs 45,000, the PV will be Rs 33,130.96. To calculate the PV on your investment, whip out your investment documents 148 FAST TRACK
  • 142. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX and punch in the figures! (Make sure you enter negative values for payments.) NPV Calculations NPV(rate,value1,value2,…,value13) NPV (Net Present Value) is calculated on the basis of the rate and a series of cash flows represented by the arguments value1 to value13. These arguments denote a series of payments and income—negative values for payments and positives for income— which are equal and made at the end of each payment period. In calculating NPV, the argument value1 should exclude your initial payment, that is, value 1 starts from the second payment. Note that Excel will only take numerical entries in the inter- national format, so 1 lakh will always be represented as one hun- dred thousand (100,000), 1 crore as ten million (10,000,000), and so on. Future Value on a 30-year investment FV(rate,nper,pmt,[pv],[type]) The FV shows you the Future Value of an investment; the argu- ments are the same as in PV, the only difference being that you will have to specify the PV value in this case. For example, if you are 30 and plan to retire by 60, you can calculate the Future Value if you make an investment of Rs 30,000 a year. PMT(rate,nper,pv,[fv],[type]) When you know the rate, the number of payments to be made, and FAST TRACK 149
  • 143. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 Loan installment calculation using PMT the present value or future value, you can use the PMT function to calculate the amount you will have to pay for each payment peri- od (the instalment). For example, you can find out the instalment on a loan of Rs 45,000 where you know the interest rate (7.58%) and the number of payments to be made (48). You can reduce the down payment from PV and see how that will affect your instalment or vary the number of instalment months. 9.5 Maths & Statistical Functions There are tons of mathematical, trigonometric, and statistical functions in Excel. You access them by clicking on the Formulas tab and selecting the functions from the Math & Trig drop-down, and the Statistical functions from the More Functions drop- down. We take a look here at some of the more common statisti- cal functions. ROUND(number,num_digits) Excel takes the number argument and rounds it to the number of decimal places specified in the num_digits argument. If the num_digits argument is a positive number, then Excel rounds off the value to the specified number of digits. If the num_digits is a negative value, it rounds off the number to that many places left of the decimal point. For example, when A1 = 2564897.5689456 150 FAST TRACK
  • 144. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX =ROUND(A1,4) will give the result 2564897.5689 =ROUND(A1,-4) will give the result 2560000 Normally By default, Excel will round up the result if your the last number of after the specified decimal places is greater than or equal to 5. For example, 1.5, when rounded to zero decimal places, will always round up the value to show as 2, while 1.4 will be rounded down to show as 1. If you want Excel to always round up (or round down) the result, you can use the ROUNDUP (and ROUNDDOWN) functions. In this case when ROUNDUP is applied any decimal will round up to the next higher number or when ROUNDDOWN is applied the decimal will round down to the lower number. Example: =ROUNDUP(1.43237,2) will give the result 1.44 =ROUNDDOWN(2.5678,2) will give the result 2.56 Note that the default rounding by Excel would have given the first result as 1.43 and the second result as 2.57. CEILING(number,significance) When you want to round up to a specific unit then the CEILING function is the one to use. This can be best explained by means of an example. Assume you have a Excel shopping list of many items with the varying prices especially in the decimal portion—that is, you have one item for Rs. 102.35, another for Rs. 74.85 and so on. Now assume that for reasons of tidiness or totalling ease you either want it all to be either rounded to the nearest 50 paise or rupee. The CEILING function will do it for you. =CEILING(102.35,0.5) will give the result 102.50 =CEILING(74.85,0.5) will give the result 75.00 In the above example, by setting the significance argument to 0.5 we tell Excel to round off the number to the nearest point fifth of a unit. Thus, if the significance is changed to 1 then the results will be 103 and 75 respectively. FAST TRACK 151
  • 145. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 TRUNC(number,num_digits) If you want to just display the number to a specified number of decimal places without any rounding, you can use the Truncate function. If you want to simply specify just the portion without with the decimal places (the integer portion), do not enter any- thing for the num_digits argument. For example, when A1 = 2564897.5689456 =TRUNC(A1) will give the result 2564897 =TRUNC(A1,2) will give the result 256487.56 EVEN(number), ODD(number) The EVEN and ODD functions round up the number to the next EVEN or ODD number. For example, if A1 = 564.258 =EVEN(A1) will give the result 566 And =ODD(A1) will give the result 565 POWER(number,exponential) This is the same as using the caret sign (^) to calculate the expo- nential of a given number. For example: =2^8 and =POWER(2,8) will both give the result 256. SQRT(number) Calculates the square root of the number. Example: =SQRT(150) will give the result 12.2474487139159. You cannot use negative values with the Square Root function. If you do have a negative value whose square root you want to find, you’ll need to use the absolute value function (ABS) to calculate it. Example: for a value of -234, you would enter =SQRT(ABS(-234)) 152 FAST TRACK
  • 146. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX SUM(number1,number2,…) This is by far the most popular and most widely used of all functions in Excel. Select the last cell in a list of numbers and click on the AutoSum button (Formulas tab, Functionl Library group) to automatically total up the column or row. You can also manually specify a range, a named range, a range in another worksheet or even one in another workbook. Example: =SUM(B1:B34,Sheet4!A12:C34) This will total up the cells B1 to B34 in the current worksheet and the cells A12 to C34 in Sheet4. Note that there is a maximum of 30 arguments separated by commas that you can use in a SUM func- tion. If the number of arguments exceed 30 then you may need to break up the SUM function into two parts. SUMIF(range,criteria,[sum_range]) For those of you plain bored out by SUM and looking for some- thing more powerful, check out the SUMIF function. The SUMIF function or conditional summing, as its often called, allows you to total up a list based on specific criteria. The range argument spec- ifies the range of cells that you want Excel to evaluate in the sum operation. The criteria argument, as the name implies, is the spe- cific set of criteria that you want to apply to the sum operation, and the sum_range argument is optional, but indicates the range of cells that should be used in the sum function. If the sum_range argument is not specified, Excel will sum the entire range speci- fied in the range argument after applying the criteria argument. This can be better understood by an example. Using “SUMIF” to get totals FAST TRACK 153
  • 147. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 The above example is a list of books along with their categories and price. For the purposes of our totalling task, we are concerned with the book category and price, since we want to find the total price of the books in each category. Hence, the column that lists the category (column D) and the price (column E) become part of the range argument (D2:E58). In the example, we have extracted the totals for three categories of books: comics, thriller/mystery, and romance. These become part of the criteria argument. Finally, the price data we want Excel to total up lies in the E2 to E58 range. This we specify as the sum_range argument. Hence the formulas used to calculate the totals price of books in these categories will be: =SUMIF(D2:E58,”=comics”,E2:E58) =SUMIF(D2:E58,”=Thriller/Mystery”,E2:E58) =SUMIF(D2:E58,”=romance”,E2:E58) The SUMIF function is great when you have just one criterion to work with, but what if you need to use multiple criteria? This is where the Conditional Sum Wizard comes in. First you need to activate this Wizard from the Add-ins dialog box. To do that, open the Excel option for it by clicking on the Office Button and then on the Add-ins section. At the bottom of the window next to “Manage:”, select Excel Add-in from the drop-down list and click “Go…” Check the “Conditional Sum Wizard” and click OK. Excel will add this Wizard to the Solutions group in the Formula tab. Click on it to start. In the first step, the Wizard asks you to select the range which contains the The Conditional Sum Wizard Add-in 154 FAST TRACK
  • 148. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX information. Select the range and click Nnext. In step two, Excel will try to intelligently guess which column contains the information to be summed up, and will provide you with a drop-down list of the columns with the specific criteria that you want to set. Once you’ve specified your selection, click next. In step three, you can decide whether you want to copy the result to a single cell or copy the formula and its conditional val- ues also. We’ve selected to do the latter. Click Next. In step four, you select or type in the cell reference where you want the result to appear. Make your selection and click Next. Excel will now ask you to select the locations where you want to place the conditional text values you have specified. Depending on The Conditional Sum Wizard: Step 1 Step 2... Step 3... Step 4 FAST TRACK 155
  • 149. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 the number of conditions specified, Excel will ask you for the loca- tions to place each of them. When you are done, click Finish. A list of totals using the Conditional Sum Wizard Similarly, you can run the Wizard again and build a list of totals based on conditions that you have specified. AVERAGE(number1,number 2, …), MIN(number1,number 2, …), MAX(number1,number 2, …) The Average, Minimum, and Maximum function calculate the average, minimum, and maximum for a given list of numbers, respectively. If you have a long list of numbers, simply enter the function in a new cell and specify the range, or individually select each cell you want to include in the calculation. Example: =AVER- AGE(A1:A10,B1:B5). Note that you can quickly access all three func- tions from the AutoSum drop-down button (Formulas tab, Function Library group). COUNT(value1,value2,…), COUNTA(value1,value2,…), COUNT- BLANK(value1,value2,…) The COUNT and COUNTA functions count the cells that contain data. The difference between COUNT and COUNTA is that COUNT will only count those cells with numeric entries, while COUNTA will count both numeric and text entries. The COUNTBLANK func- tion, as the name suggests, will count only the blanks in the list. COUNTIF(range, criteria) Similar to the SUMIF function, the COUNTIF function counts the cell in a range based on specified criteria. The range argument as the name suggests requires you to specify a range of cells over which you will apply the criteria argument. The range argument 156 FAST TRACK
  • 150. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX can, as in other cases, refer to a cell range or a named range. The criteria argument can take many forms—some of which are explained below. =COUNTIF(A1:D10,7) Counts all the cells in the range A1 to D10 with the number 7 =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”Delhi”) Counts all the cells in the range with the An Example of COUNT functions text Delhi. Any text or expression should be enclosed in quotes—e.g.: “<13”, “<>234”,”Digit” etc =COUNTIF(A1:D10,C7) Counts all the cells in the range which matches the contents of the cell C7. =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”<>”&C7) When you want to use operators other than equality then you need to use quotes for the operator and join it to the cell reference using the & (ampersand) symbol. Thus in the above expression Excel will return a count of all the cells where the content “is not equal to” the content in cell C7. =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”*milk”) =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”*orange*”) =COUNTIF(A1:D10,”??eat”) Using wildcard operators is another powerful way to extract information from texts in cells. There are two wild card operators, * and ?. The asterisk (*) specifies to search for any text while the question mark (?) specifies to search for a specific length of text characters. In the first example above, Excel searches for all cells in the range ending with the text milk—e.g. chocolate milk, rose milk, etc. In the second example Excel searches for all text in the range containing the text orange—e.g. florida oranges, orange FAST TRACK 157
  • 151. FORMULAS AND IX FUNCTIONS EXCEL 2007 float, etc. In the third example, Excel searches for all cells that contain the word ending in “eat”—e.g. treat. Note that with the wild card “?” words like meat and feat will fail, since there are two question marks specified in the search criteria, so only words with two letters and ending in “eat” will be counted. For those wanting to get into advanced statistical analysis, there is also the Analysis Toolpak add-in. This is available from the Add-ins window, under Excel Options, which is accessed by clicking on the Office button. At the bottom of the Add-ins win- dow, select Excel Add-ins from the drop down next to “Manage:” and click Go…. Select the Analysis ToolPak checkbok and click OK. The Excel Add-in Box Once you’ve activated the add-in you can now access all these advanced functions by clicking on the Data Analysis button in the Analysis group on the Data tab. What we have covered in this chapter is but a sampling of the Single-click access to advanced statistical functions 158 FAST TRACK
  • 152. FORMULAS AND EXCEL 2007 FUNCTIONS IX possibilities in Excel using functions and formulas. The advanced and specialised formulas in the categories Text, Lookup & Reference, Engineering, Cube, and Information (not covered here) also provide you with powerful ways to manage and treat data. In most cases, for whatever you are trying to do, there is a good likelihood that you can achieve your result by using one function or a combination of functions. If you juggle a lot with numbers and text, taking the time to get familiar with Excel’s functions and formulas has the potential to leapfrog your productivity and save you time. FAST TRACK 159
  • 153. EXCEL 2007 Notes ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 160 FAST TRACK
  • 154. EXCEL 2007 ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ FAST TRACK 161
  • 155. EXCEL 2007 ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 162 FAST TRACK